WO2018201942A1 - 传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置 - Google Patents

传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018201942A1
WO2018201942A1 PCT/CN2018/084397 CN2018084397W WO2018201942A1 WO 2018201942 A1 WO2018201942 A1 WO 2018201942A1 CN 2018084397 W CN2018084397 W CN 2018084397W WO 2018201942 A1 WO2018201942 A1 WO 2018201942A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency resource
time
uplink
downlink
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/084397
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
吴作敏
官磊
马莎
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP18793897.2A priority Critical patent/EP3606126B1/en
Priority to BR112019022758A priority patent/BR112019022758A2/pt
Publication of WO2018201942A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018201942A1/zh
Priority to US16/672,538 priority patent/US11122560B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0808—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/14—Spectrum sharing arrangements between different networks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink channel and a method and apparatus for transmitting a downlink channel.
  • the network device allocates frequency domain resources for wireless communication (for example, uplink transmission or downlink transmission) to the terminal device from the license-free spectrum resource (hereinafter, for ease of understanding, it is recorded as: frequency domain resource #1), and the system bandwidth can be maximized.
  • frequency domain resource #1 the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource #1 can be 20 MHz.
  • the network device or the terminal device needs to perform full bandwidth detection on the carrier where the frequency domain resource #1 is located, and if it is detected that resources in the entire bandwidth range of the frequency domain resource #1 can be used, the network The device and the terminal device can perform wireless communication through the frequency domain resource #1.
  • the bandwidth of the single carrier of the communication system is gradually increased.
  • the bandwidth of the single carrier of the system can reach 100 MHz, and correspondingly, the network device allocates the license-free spectrum resource to the terminal device.
  • the bandwidth of (for example, the above-mentioned frequency domain resource #1) may also increase, that is, the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource #1 is greater than 20 MHz, for example, the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource #1 may reach 100 MHz.
  • the network device or the terminal device needs to detect the carrier where the frequency domain resource #1 greater than 20 MHz is located, and the resource in the entire bandwidth range of the carrier is detected to be usable. Then, you can use the frequency domain resource #1 for wireless communication. Since the bandwidth of the single carrier of the system is large, the probability that the network device or the terminal device competes for the entire bandwidth of the carrier is low, and further, the possibility that the network device or the terminal device can use the frequency domain resource #1 for wireless communication is also It is smaller, thereby reducing the communication efficiency on the unlicensed spectrum and increasing the service transmission delay of the terminal device, which seriously affects the user experience of the terminal device.
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink channel and a method and apparatus for transmitting a downlink channel, which can improve communication efficiency, reduce service transmission delay, and improve user experience.
  • a method for transmitting an uplink channel is provided, which is applied to a communication system including a network device and a terminal device, wherein a system frequency domain resource used by the communication system is divided into N sub-bands, N ⁇ 2, the system frequency domain The resource is a frequency domain resource used by the contention mechanism, and the method includes: the terminal device receiving scheduling information from the network device, where the scheduling information is used to indicate, by the network device, an uplink allocated by the network device to carry at least one uplink channel.
  • the terminal device detects the M sub-bands, and determines, from the first uplink time-frequency resource, a second uplink time-frequency resource that can be used by the terminal device, where the The second uplink time-frequency resource occupies K sub-bands of the M sub-bands in the frequency domain, M>K ⁇ 1; the terminal device sends the first by using the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • Downlink channel the first uplink time-frequency resource in the uplink time-frequency resource is used to carry a first uplink channel in the at least one uplink channel, where the first uplink time-frequency resource occupies the N sub-sub-bands in the frequency domain
  • the M sub-bands in the frequency band N ⁇ M ⁇ 2
  • the terminal device detects the M sub-bands, and determines, from the first uplink time-frequency resource, a second uplink time-frequency resource that can be used by the terminal device, where the The second uplink time-frequency resource occupies K sub-bands of the M sub-bands in the frequency domain,
  • a method for transmitting an uplink channel by dividing a system frequency domain resource used based on a contention mechanism into a plurality of sub-bands, and after determining, by the terminal device, the first uplink time-frequency resource allocated by the network device, Before performing the uplink transmission, detecting, by using the at least two sub-bands occupied by the first uplink time-frequency resource, the terminal device can determine, by using the at least two sub-bands, the second uplink time-frequency resource that can be used by the terminal device, and pass the The second uplink time-frequency resource performs the uplink data transmission, that is, the terminal device does not need to use the first resource in the entire bandwidth range of the first uplink time-frequency resource, as compared with the prior art.
  • the uplink time-frequency resource performs wireless communication, thereby improving the possibility that the terminal device can use the first uplink time-frequency resource (specifically, part of the sub-band in the first uplink time-frequency resource) to perform wireless communication, and improve The communication efficiency is reduced, the service transmission delay is reduced, and the user experience is improved.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the K sub-frequency occupied by the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time frequency of the first uplink time-frequency resource other than the second uplink time-frequency resource. MK subbands occupied by resources.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a frequency domain other than the second uplink time-frequency resource in the first uplink time-frequency resource. Resources.
  • the first indication information is carried on an uplink control channel.
  • the first indication information is carried on an uplink data channel.
  • the first indication information is carried by a reference signal.
  • the network device can determine the second uplink time-frequency resource and receive the uplink data on the second uplink time-frequency resource by using the first indication information by the terminal device to the network device, so that the network device can be avoided.
  • the data sent by the terminal device is detected on the resources other than the second uplink time-frequency resource in the uplink frequency domain resource, thereby reducing the processing load of the network device.
  • the second uplink time-frequency resource includes a plurality of time-frequency resource units RE, and the terminal device sends the first indication information to the network device, where the terminal device passes at least one of the multiple REs. Sending the first indication information to the network device.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the network device, where the terminal device determines a third uplink time-frequency resource from the second uplink time-frequency resource, and the terminal device passes the third uplink time-frequency resource. Sending the first indication information.
  • the size value of the third uplink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third uplink time-frequency resource in the second uplink time domain resource is specified by the communications system.
  • the size value of the third uplink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third uplink time-frequency resource in the second uplink time-domain resource is previously indicated by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling) of.
  • the size value of the third uplink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third uplink time-frequency resource in the second uplink time-domain resource is indicated by the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink channel by using the second uplink time-frequency resource, where the terminal device determines, according to the size of the first uplink time-frequency resource, a first uplink transport block size TBS; the terminal device And transmitting, according to the first uplink TBS, the first uplink channel to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the first uplink channel carries information based on channel coding performed by the first TBS.
  • the scheduling information is further used to indicate a first uplink modulation and coding scheme MCS index
  • the terminal device determines, according to the size of the first uplink time-frequency resource, a first uplink transport block size TBS, including: the terminal device according to the Determining, by the first uplink time-frequency resource and the first uplink MCS index, a first uplink modulation order and a first uplink transport block size TBS.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink channel to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the first uplink TBS, including: the terminal device according to the first uplink TBS and the second uplink modulation step And transmitting, by the second uplink frequency domain resource, the uplink data to the network device.
  • the second uplink modulation order is different from the first uplink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the second uplink modulation order according to the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the second uplink modulation order is specified by the communication system.
  • the second uplink modulation order is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second uplink modulation order is indicated by the scheduling information.
  • the second uplink modulation order is determined according to the second uplink MCS configuration set, where the second uplink MCS configuration set is different from the first uplink MCS configuration set, where the first uplink MCS configuration set is used. And determining a configuration set of the first uplink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sending the indication information of the second uplink modulation order to the network device.
  • the method for transmitting an uplink channel according to the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal device and reduce the complexity of the transmission by causing the terminal device to perform uplink transmission based on the TBS indicated by the network device. Further, the terminal device adjusts the code rate actually used for the uplink transmission by using the modulation order matched with the actually used time-frequency resource for uplink transmission, thereby improving the reliability and accuracy of the transmission.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink channel by using the second uplink time-frequency resource, where the terminal device sends the first uplink to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the second uplink TBS.
  • Upstream channel the terminal device sends the first uplink channel by using the second uplink time-frequency resource, where the terminal device sends the first uplink to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the second uplink TBS. Upstream channel.
  • the first uplink channel carries information based on channel coding performed by the second TBS.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the second uplink TBS according to the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the scheduling information is further used to indicate a first uplink modulation and coding scheme MCS index
  • the terminal device determines a second uplink transport block size TBS according to the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource, including: the terminal device is configured according to Determining, by the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource and the first uplink MCS index, a first uplink modulation order and a second uplink transport block size TBS.
  • the second uplink TBS is different from the first uplink TBS, where the first uplink TBS is determined based on the size of the first uplink time-frequency resource and the first uplink MCS index.
  • the second uplink TBS is specified by the communication system.
  • the second uplink TBS is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second uplink TBS is indicated by the scheduling information.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sending the indication information of the second uplink TBS to the network device.
  • the terminal device sends the first uplink channel to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the second uplink TBS, including: the terminal device according to the second uplink TBS and the second uplink modulation step And transmitting, by the second uplink frequency domain resource, the uplink data to the network device, where the second uplink modulation order is different from the first uplink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the second uplink modulation order according to the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the second uplink modulation order is specified by the communication system.
  • the second uplink modulation order is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second uplink modulation order is indicated by the scheduling information.
  • the second uplink modulation order is determined according to the second uplink MCS configuration set, where the second uplink MCS configuration set is different from the first uplink MCS configuration set, where the first uplink MCS configuration set is used. And determining a configuration set of the first uplink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sending the indication information of the second uplink modulation order to the network device.
  • the terminal device can re-determine the TBS used for the uplink transmission based on the number of RBs included in the actually used resource, so that the determined TBS can correspond to the size of the resource actually used for the uplink transmission. Thereby, the reliability and accuracy of the uplink transmission can be improved.
  • the terminal device receives the scheduling information from the network device, where the terminal device receives, from the network device, P scheduling information for the first uplink channel, where the first uplink time-frequency resource includes the P scheduling information.
  • the time-frequency resource indicated by each of the scheduling information, the time-frequency resource indicated by each scheduling information of the P scheduling information occupies at least one sub-band, and the time-frequency resource indicated by any two of the P scheduling information
  • the occupied sub-band is at least partially different, P ⁇ 2;
  • the terminal device determines the first uplink time-frequency resource according to the time-frequency resource indicated by each scheduling information in the P scheduling information; and the terminal device
  • the detection of the frequency band includes: detecting, by the terminal device, the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource indicated by each of the P scheduling information, where the second uplink time-frequency resource includes the P scheduling information Time-frequency resources indicated by the Q scheduling information, 1 ⁇ Q ⁇ P.
  • the frequency domain resources indicated by the P scheduling information have a nested structure.
  • the frequency domain resources indicated by any two of the P scheduling information do not overlap.
  • the frequency domain resources indicated by the two scheduling information of the P scheduling information have overlapping portions.
  • the second uplink time-frequency resource includes a time-frequency resource indicated by the first scheduling information of the P scheduling information, and the method further includes: the terminal device sending the first scheduling information to the network device Logo.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the time domain indication information to the network device, where the time domain indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource. The starting moment of the channel.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the time domain indication information to the network device, where the time domain indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the time period of the channel is used to indicate that the terminal device sends the first uplink to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends time domain indication information to the network device, where the time domain indication information is used to indicate a start time of the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • a method for transmitting an uplink channel is provided, which is applied to a communication system including a network device and a terminal device, where the system frequency domain resource used by the communication system is divided into N sub-bands, N ⁇ 2, the system frequency domain
  • the resource is a frequency domain resource that is used by the contention mechanism
  • the method includes: the network device sends, to the terminal device, scheduling information, where the scheduling information is used to indicate, by the network device, an uplink that is allocated by the network device to carry at least one uplink channel.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel from the terminal device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource, where the second uplink frequency resource occupies the M in the frequency domain K subbands in one subband, M>K ⁇ 1.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the K sub-bands occupied by the second uplink time-frequency resource; An indication information is used to determine the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second uplink time-frequency resource; and determining, by the network device, the The second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time-frequency other than the second uplink time-frequency resource in the first uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the MK sub-bands occupied by the resource the network device determines the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the first indication information.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time-frequency other than the second uplink time-frequency resource in the first uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the network device determines the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the first indication information.
  • the network device can determine the second uplink time-frequency resource and receive the uplink data on the second uplink time-frequency resource by using the first indication information by the terminal device to the network device, so that the network device can be avoided.
  • the data sent by the terminal device is detected on the resources other than the second uplink time-frequency resource in the uplink frequency domain resource, thereby reducing the processing load of the network device.
  • the second uplink time-frequency resource includes multiple time-frequency resource units RE, and the network device receives the first indication information from the network device, where the network device passes at least one of the multiple REs. Receiving the first indication information from the terminal device.
  • the network device receives the first indication information from the terminal device, where the network device determines a third uplink time-frequency resource from the second uplink time-frequency resource, and the network device passes the third uplink time-frequency resource. Receiving first indication information from the terminal device.
  • the size value of the third uplink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third uplink time-frequency resource in the second uplink time domain resource is specified by the communications system.
  • the size value of the third uplink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third uplink time-frequency resource in the second uplink time-domain resource is previously indicated by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling) of.
  • the size value of the third uplink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third uplink time-frequency resource in the second uplink time-domain resource is indicated by the scheduling information.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the second uplink time-frequency resource according to whether the sub-band of the M sub-bands carries a reference signal.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel from the terminal device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource, where the network device determines, according to the size of the first uplink time-frequency resource, a first uplink transport block size TBS; The network device receives the first uplink channel from the terminal device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the first uplink TBS.
  • the first indication information is carried on an uplink control channel.
  • the first indication information is carried on an uplink data channel.
  • the first indication information is carried by a reference signal.
  • the scheduling information is further used to indicate a first uplink modulation and coding scheme MCS index
  • the terminal device determines, according to the size of the first uplink time-frequency resource, a first uplink transport block size TBS, including: the terminal device according to the Determining, by the first uplink time-frequency resource and the first uplink MCS index, a first uplink modulation order and a first uplink transport block size TBS.
  • the first uplink channel carries channel-coded information about the TB of the first uplink TBS.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel from the terminal device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the first uplink TBS, where the network device is configured to: according to the first uplink TBS and the second uplink modulation order And receiving, by the second uplink frequency domain resource, the first uplink channel from the terminal device.
  • the second uplink modulation order is different from the first uplink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the second uplink modulation order according to the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the second uplink modulation order is specified by the communication system.
  • the second uplink modulation order is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second uplink modulation order is indicated by the scheduling information.
  • the second uplink modulation order is determined according to the second uplink MCS configuration set, where the second uplink MCS configuration set is different from the first uplink MCS configuration set, where the first uplink MCS configuration set is used. And determining a configuration set of the first uplink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: the network device receiving the indication information of the second uplink modulation order from the terminal device.
  • the method for transmitting an uplink channel can reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal device and reduce the complexity of the transmission by causing the terminal device to perform uplink transmission based on the TBS indicated by the network device. Further, the terminal device adjusts the code rate actually used for the uplink transmission by using the modulation order matched with the actually used time-frequency resource for uplink transmission, thereby improving the reliability and accuracy of the transmission.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel from the terminal device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource, where the network device uses the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the second uplink TBS, and the terminal device Receiving the first uplink channel.
  • the first uplink channel carries channel-coded information about the TB of the second uplink TBS.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the second uplink TBS according to the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the scheduling information is further used to indicate a first uplink modulation and coding scheme MCS index
  • the network device determines, according to the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource, a second uplink transport block size TBS, including: the network device according to Determining, by the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource and the first uplink MCS index, a first uplink modulation order and a second uplink transport block size TBS.
  • the second uplink TBS is different from the first uplink TBS, where the first uplink TBS is determined based on the size of the first uplink time-frequency resource and the first uplink MCS index.
  • the second uplink TBS is specified by the communication system.
  • the second uplink TBS is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second uplink TBS is indicated by the scheduling information.
  • the method further includes: the network device receiving the indication information of the second uplink TBS from the terminal device.
  • the network device receives the first uplink channel from the terminal device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the second uplink TBS, including: the network device according to the second uplink TBS and the second uplink modulation step And receiving, by the second uplink frequency domain resource, the uplink data from the terminal device, where the second uplink modulation order is different from the first uplink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the second uplink modulation order according to the size of the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • the second uplink modulation order is specified by the communication system.
  • the second uplink modulation order is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second uplink modulation order is indicated by the scheduling information.
  • the second uplink modulation order is determined according to the second uplink MCS configuration set, where the second uplink MCS configuration set is different from the first uplink MCS configuration set, where the first uplink MCS configuration set is used. And determining a configuration set of the first uplink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: the network device receiving the indication information of the second uplink modulation order from the network device.
  • the terminal device can re-determine the TBS used for the uplink transmission based on the number of RBs included in the actually used resource, so that the determined TBS can correspond to the size of the resource actually used for the uplink transmission. Thereby, the reliability and accuracy of the uplink transmission can be improved.
  • the network device sends the scheduling information to the terminal device, where the network device sends, to the terminal device, P scheduling information for the first uplink channel, where the first uplink time-frequency resource includes the P scheduling information.
  • the time-frequency resource indicated by each of the scheduling information, the time-frequency resource indicated by each scheduling information of the P scheduling information occupies at least one sub-band, and the time-frequency resource indicated by any two of the P scheduling information
  • the occupied sub-bands are at least partially different, P ⁇ 2
  • the second uplink time-frequency resource includes time-frequency resources indicated by Q scheduling information in the P scheduling information, 1 ⁇ Q ⁇ P.
  • the second uplink time-frequency resource includes a time-frequency resource indicated by the first scheduling information of the P scheduling information
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, the first scheduling information sent by the terminal device The network device determines the second uplink time-frequency resource according to the identifier of the first scheduling information.
  • the frequency domain resources indicated by the P scheduling information have a nested structure.
  • the frequency domain resources indicated by any two of the P scheduling information do not overlap.
  • the frequency domain resources indicated by the two scheduling information of the P scheduling information overlap.
  • the method further includes: the network device receiving the time domain indication information from the terminal device, where the time domain indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends the uplink channel to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource The start time, or the time domain indication information is used to indicate a time period during which the terminal device sends an uplink channel to the network device by using the second uplink time-frequency resource.
  • a method for transmitting a downlink channel is provided, which is applied to a communication system including a network device and a terminal device, where the system frequency domain resource used by the communication system is divided into N sub-bands, N ⁇ 2, the system frequency domain
  • the resource is a frequency domain resource that is used according to the contention mechanism
  • the method includes: the network device allocates, for the terminal device, a downlink time-frequency resource for carrying at least one downlink channel, where the first downlink time of the downlink time-frequency resource
  • the frequency resource is used to carry one of the at least one downlink channel, where the first downlink time-frequency resource occupies M sub-bands of the N sub-bands in the frequency domain, N ⁇ M ⁇ 2;
  • the network The device detects the M sub-bands to determine, from the first downlink time-frequency resource, a second downlink time-frequency resource that can be used by the network device, where the second downlink time-frequency resource occupies the M sub-bands in the frequency domain.
  • a method for transmitting a downlink channel by dividing a system frequency domain resource used based on a contention mechanism into a plurality of sub-bands, and after the network device allocates the first downlink frequency domain resource to the terminal device, Before detecting the at least two sub-bands included in the first downlink frequency domain resource, the network device can determine, by the network device, the second downlink frequency domain resource that can be used by the network device from the at least two sub-bands, and pass the The second downlink frequency domain resource performs downlink data transmission, that is, the network device does not need to be able to use the resources in the entire bandwidth range of the first downlink frequency domain resource, as compared with the prior art.
  • the first downlink frequency domain resource performs wireless communication, so that the network device can use the first downlink frequency domain resource (specifically, part of the first downlink frequency domain resource) to perform wireless communication. The possibility of improving communication efficiency, reducing service transmission delay, and improving user experience.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending the first control information to the terminal device, where the first control information is used to indicate the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the network device sends the first control information to the terminal device, where the network device sends the first control information to the terminal device on at least one of the K sub-bands.
  • the network device sends the first control information to the terminal device, where the network device sends the first control information to the terminal device in each of the K sub-bands.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending the second control information to the terminal device, where the second control information is used to indicate the K sub-bands occupied by the second downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending second control information to the terminal device, where the second control information is used to indicate a valid sub-band in the N sub-bands included in the system determined by the network device, so that The terminal device determines the second downlink time-frequency resource according to the effective sub-band and the first downlink time-frequency resource in the N sub-bands.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending the second control information to the terminal device, where the second control information is used to indicate the second downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending the second control information to the terminal device, where the second control information is used to indicate that the first downlink time-frequency resource is other than the second downlink time-frequency resource MK subbands occupied by frequency resources.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending the second control information to the terminal device, where the second control information is used to indicate that the first downlink time-frequency resource is other than the second downlink time-frequency resource Frequency resources.
  • the second control information is used to indicate the K sub-bands occupied by the second downlink time-frequency resource on the first transmission time interval TTI, and the second downlink time-frequency resource belongs to the first TTI in the time domain.
  • the second control information is used to indicate the K sub-bands occupied by the second downlink time-frequency resource on the first transmission opportunity TxOP, and the second downlink time-frequency resource belongs to the first TxOP in the time domain.
  • the second control information is used to indicate a starting position of the second downlink time-frequency resource in the time domain.
  • the second downlink time-frequency resource belongs to the first TTI in the time domain
  • the TTI includes at least two time domain starting points
  • the starting position of the second downlink time-frequency resource in the time domain is the at least Any starting point in the two time domain starting points.
  • the network device sends the second control information to the terminal device, where the network device sends the second control information to the terminal device in at least one of the K subbands.
  • the network device sends the second control information to the terminal device, where the network device sends the second control information to the terminal device in each of the K sub-bands.
  • the network device sends the second control information to the terminal device, where the network device determines a third downlink time-frequency resource from the at least one of the K sub-bands; the network device passes the third downlink The time-frequency resource sends the first control information to the terminal device.
  • the size value of the third downlink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third downlink time-frequency resource in at least one of the K sub-bands is specified by the communications system.
  • the size value of the third downlink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third downlink time-frequency resource in at least one of the K sub-bands is previously indicated by the network device.
  • the size value of the third downlink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third downlink time-frequency resource in at least one of the K sub-bands is indicated by the first control information sent by the network device.
  • the first control information is used to indicate the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the second control information is carried on a downlink control channel.
  • the second control information is carried on a downlink data channel.
  • the second control information is carried by the reference signal.
  • the third downlink time-frequency resource is located in the first subframe of the maximum channel occupation time MCOT to which the third downlink time-frequency resource belongs in the time domain.
  • the third downlink time-frequency resource is located in each subframe of the MCOT to which the third downlink time-frequency resource belongs in the time domain.
  • the data can be used to prevent the terminal device from detecting the data sent by the network device on the resources other than the second downlink time-frequency resource in the first downlink time-frequency resource, thereby reducing the processing load of the terminal device.
  • the second downlink time-frequency resource includes multiple time-frequency resource units RE
  • the network device sends the second control information to the terminal device, including: the network device passes at least one of the multiple REs Sending the second control information to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends the first downlink channel by using the second downlink time-frequency resource, where the network device determines, according to the size of the first downlink frequency domain resource, a first downlink transport block size TBS; The network device sends the first downlink channel to the terminal device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource according to the first downlink TBS.
  • the determining, by the network device, the first downlink transport block size TBS according to the size of the first downlink time-frequency resource the network device determining, according to the size of the first downlink time-frequency resource, the first The row modulation order and the first downlink transport block size TBS.
  • the network device sends the first downlink channel to the terminal device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource according to the first downlink TBS, including: the network device according to the first downlink TBS and the The second downlink modulation order is used to send the first downlink channel to the terminal device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the first downlink channel carries channel-coded information about the TB of the first downlink TBS.
  • the second downlink modulation order is different from the first downlink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the second downlink modulation order according to the size of the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is specified by the communication system.
  • the second downlink modulation order is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second downlink modulation order is indicated by the first control information, where the first control information is used to indicate the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is determined according to the second downlink MCS configuration set, where the second downlink MCS configuration set is different from the first downlink MCS configuration set, and the first downlink MCS configuration set is different. Is a configuration set used to determine the first downlink modulation order.
  • the second downlink modulation order is indicated by the second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate the second downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: sending, by the network device, the indication information of the second downlink modulation order to the terminal device.
  • the network device uses the scheduling-based time-frequency resource to allocate the TBS to the terminal device, and transmits the TBS on the actually available time-frequency resource, without changing the scheduling policy of the network device, and can reduce The implementation complexity of network devices. Further, the network device adjusts the code rate actually used for the downlink transmission by using the modulation order matched with the actually used time-frequency resource for downlink transmission, thereby improving the reliability and accuracy of the transmission.
  • the network device sends the first downlink channel by using the second downlink time-frequency resource, where the network device sends the first downlink time-frequency resource to the terminal device according to the second downlink TBS.
  • a downlink channel is
  • the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the second downlink TBS according to the size of the second downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the determining, by the network device, the second downlink TBS according to the size of the second downlink time-frequency resource the network device determining, according to the size of the second downlink time-frequency resource, the first downlink modulation order and the first Two TBS.
  • the first downlink channel carries channel-coded information on the TB of the second downlink TBS.
  • the network device sends the first downlink channel to the terminal device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource according to the second downlink TBS, including: the network device according to the second downlink TBS and the first downlink
  • the row modulation order is used to send the first downlink channel to the terminal device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the network device sends the first downlink channel to the terminal device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource according to the second downlink TBS, including: the network device according to the second downlink TBS and the second downlink
  • the modulation order is used to send the first downlink channel to the terminal device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is different from the first downlink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the second downlink modulation order according to the size of the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is specified by the communication system.
  • the second downlink modulation order is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second downlink modulation order is indicated by the first control information, where the first control information is used to indicate the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is determined according to the second downlink MCS configuration set, where the second downlink MCS configuration set is different from the first downlink MCS configuration set, and the first downlink MCS configuration set is different. Is a configuration set used to determine the first downlink modulation order.
  • the second downlink modulation order is indicated by the second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate the second downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: sending, by the network device, the indication information of the second downlink modulation order to the terminal device.
  • a method for transmitting a downlink channel is provided, which is applied to a communication system including a network device and a terminal device, where a system frequency domain resource used by the communication system is divided into N sub-bands, N ⁇ 2, the system frequency domain
  • the resource is a frequency domain resource used by the contention mechanism
  • the method includes: determining, by the terminal device, a downlink time-frequency resource that is allocated by the network device to carry the at least one downlink channel, where the first downlink in the downlink time-frequency resource
  • the time-frequency resource is used to carry one of the at least one downlink channel, and the first downlink time-frequency resource occupies M sub-bands of the N sub-bands in the frequency domain, where N ⁇ M ⁇ 2;
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel from the network device by using the second downlink time-frequency resource, where the second downlink time-frequency resource occupies K sub-bands in the M sub-bands in the frequency domain, where M>K ⁇ 1.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the time-frequency resource allocated by the network device to carry the at least one downlink channel, where the terminal device receives the first control information, the first control information from the network device
  • the terminal device is configured to indicate the first downlink time-frequency resource; the terminal device determines the first downlink time-frequency resource according to the first control information.
  • the first control information is carried on at least one of the K subbands.
  • the first control information is carried on each of the K sub-bands.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving the second control information from the network device, where the second control information is used to indicate the K sub-bands occupied by the second downlink time-frequency resource; The terminal device determines the second downlink time-frequency resource according to the second control information.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving, by the network device, second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate that the network device determines that the N subbands included in the system are valid.
  • the sub-band the terminal device determines the second downlink time-frequency resource according to the second control information and the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device receives the second control information from the network device, where the terminal device determines the third downlink time-frequency resource from the at least one of the K sub-bands; the terminal device passes the third downlink The time-frequency resource receives the second control information from the network device.
  • the size value of the third downlink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third downlink time-frequency resource in at least one of the K sub-bands is specified by the communication system, or
  • the size value of the third downlink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third downlink time-frequency resource in at least one of the K sub-bands is previously indicated by the network device, or
  • the size value of the third downlink time-frequency resource and/or the location of the third downlink time-frequency resource in the at least one of the K sub-bands is the first control information sent by the network device. Instructed, the first control information is used to indicate the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the second control information is carried on a downlink control channel.
  • the second control information is carried on a downlink data channel.
  • the second control information is carried by the reference signal.
  • the third downlink time-frequency resource is located in the first subframe of the maximum channel occupation time MCOT to which the third downlink time-frequency resource belongs in the time domain.
  • the third downlink time-frequency resource is located in each subframe of the MCOT to which the third downlink time-frequency resource belongs in the time domain.
  • the data can be used to prevent the terminal device from detecting the data sent by the network device on the resources other than the second downlink time-frequency resource in the first downlink time-frequency resource, thereby reducing the processing load of the terminal device.
  • the second downlink frequency domain resource includes multiple time-frequency resource units RE, and the terminal device receives the second control information from the network device, where the terminal device passes at least one of the multiple REs. Receiving the second control information from the network device.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the second downlink time-frequency resource according to whether the sub-band of the M sub-bands carries a reference signal.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel from the network device by using the second downlink time-frequency resource, where the terminal device determines, according to the size of the first downlink frequency domain resource, the first downlink transport block. And the size of the TBS; the terminal device receives the first downlink channel from the network device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource according to the first downlink TBS.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the size of the first downlink frequency domain resource, the first downlink transport block size TBS, where the terminal device determines the first downlink according to the size of the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the row modulation order and the first downlink transport block size TBS are the first downlink transport block size TBS.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel from the network device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource according to the first downlink TBS, including: the terminal device according to the first downlink TBS and the The second downlink modulation order receives the first downlink channel from the network device by using the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is different from the first downlink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the second downlink modulation order according to the size of the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is specified by the communication system.
  • the second downlink modulation order is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second downlink modulation order is indicated by the first control information, where the first control information is used to indicate the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is determined according to the second downlink MCS configuration set, where the second downlink MCS configuration set is different from the first downlink MCS configuration set, and the first downlink MCS configuration set is different. Is a configuration set used to determine the first downlink modulation order.
  • the second downlink modulation order is indicated by the second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate the second downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the indication information of the second downlink modulation order from the network device.
  • the network device uses the scheduling-based time-frequency resource to allocate the TBS to the terminal device, and transmits the TBS on the actually available time-frequency resource, without changing the scheduling policy of the network device, and can reduce The implementation complexity of network devices. Further, the network device adjusts the code rate actually used for the downlink transmission by using the modulation order matched with the actually used time-frequency resource for downlink transmission, thereby improving the reliability and accuracy of the transmission.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel by using the second downlink time-frequency resource, where the terminal device receives the first downlink channel by using the second downlink time-frequency resource according to the second downlink TBS. .
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the second downlink TBS according to the size of the second downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the size of the second downlink time-frequency resource, the second downlink TBS, where the terminal device determines, according to the size of the second downlink time-frequency resource, the first downlink modulation order and the first Two TBS.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel by using the second downlink frequency domain resource according to the second downlink TBS, including: the terminal device according to the second downlink TBS and the first downlink modulation order And receiving, by the second downlink frequency domain resource, the first downlink channel.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel by using the second downlink frequency domain resource according to the second downlink TBS, where the terminal device includes, according to the second downlink TBS and the second downlink modulation order, Receiving the first downlink channel by using the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is different from the first downlink modulation order.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the second downlink modulation order according to the size of the second downlink frequency domain resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is specified by the communication system.
  • the second downlink modulation order is pre-selected by the network device (eg, by RRC signaling).
  • the second downlink modulation order is indicated by the first control information, where the first control information is used to indicate the first downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the second downlink modulation order is determined according to the second downlink MCS configuration set, where the second downlink MCS configuration set is different from the first downlink MCS configuration set, and the first downlink MCS configuration set is different. Is a configuration set used to determine the first downlink modulation order.
  • the second downlink modulation order is indicated by the second control information, where the second control information is used to indicate the second downlink time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, the indication information of the second downlink modulation order from the network device.
  • a fifth aspect provides a method for transmitting a data channel, where the method includes: a transmitting device generates an encoded data packet, where the data packet belongs to a data channel, and the data channel is carried in a candidate time-frequency resource in a first time transmission interval TTI.
  • the candidate time-frequency resource occupies M sub-bands of the N sub-bands included in the system frequency-domain resource in the frequency domain, where N ⁇ M ⁇ 1, and the candidate time-frequency resource is the first time-frequency resource or the second time.
  • the transmitting device detects the carrier where the candidate time-frequency resource is located, and the sending device is configured according to the As a result of the detection, the data channel is transmitted to the receiving device on the candidate time-frequency resource, and the encoded uplink packet is included in the data channel.
  • the first time-frequency resource and the second time-frequency resource are time-frequency resources used based on a contention mechanism.
  • a plurality of time domain starting points are set in a TTI used based on a contention mechanism, and the transmitting device performs a carrier corresponding to the candidate time-frequency resource before the uplink transmission is required.
  • the detecting, the sending device can determine, from the first time-frequency resource or the second time-frequency resource, candidate time-frequency resources that can be used by the sending device, and perform uplink channel transmission by using the candidate time-frequency resource, that is, compared with the prior art.
  • the transmitting device does not need to perform wireless communication by using the candidate time-frequency resource when determining that the time domain starting point of the candidate time-frequency resource is located at a starting point of one subframe, thereby improving the time-frequency resource based on the candidate.
  • the reliability of wireless communication improves communication efficiency, reduces service transmission delay, and improves user experience.
  • the transmitting device sends the uplink channel on the candidate time-frequency resource according to the result of the detecting, including: determining, by the sending device, the carrier where the candidate time-frequency resource is located before the starting time of the first time domain In the case of a transmission state, the transmitting device transmits the uplink channel on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the transmitting according to the result of the detecting, the uplink channel on the candidate time-frequency resource, including: determining, before the start of the first time domain, the carrier that the candidate time-frequency resource is not in a transmittable manner a state, and the transmitting device determines that the carrier where the candidate time-frequency resource is in a transmittable state before the start of the second time domain, the terminal device sends the uplink channel on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the resource occupied by the second time-frequency resource in the time domain is a subset of the resources occupied by the first time-frequency resource in the time domain, and the first time-frequency resource is in the frequency domain.
  • the size of the occupied resource is equal to the size of the resource occupied by the second time-frequency resource in the frequency domain.
  • the sending device is a network device
  • the receiving device is a terminal device
  • the data channel is a downlink data channel.
  • the sending device is a terminal device
  • the receiving device is a network device
  • the data channel is an uplink data channel
  • a sixth aspect provides a method for transmitting a data channel, which is applied to a communication system including a transmitting device and a receiving device, wherein the frequency domain resource used by the communication system is a frequency domain resource used based on a contention mechanism, and a transmission time used by the communication system
  • the interval TTI includes at least two time domain starting points
  • the method includes: the sending device determines a frequency domain resource for carrying the at least one data channel, where the first frequency domain resource in the frequency domain resource is used to carry the at least one data channel a first data channel, and the first data channel is carried in the first TTI; the transmitting device detects the first frequency domain resource, and according to the result of the detection, at least two times included in the first TTI
  • the first time domain starting point is determined, wherein the second frequency domain resource in the first frequency domain resource is in a state that can be used by the sending device after the first time domain starting point, where the second frequency The domain resource is part or all of the resources in the first frequency domain resource; the sending device sends the second
  • a method of transmitting a data channel by setting a plurality of time domain starting points in a TTI used based on a contention mechanism, and before transmitting, by the transmitting device, for carrying a data channel Detecting a frequency domain resource, enabling the sending device to determine, from the first frequency domain resource, the second frequency domain resource that the terminal device can use, and enabling the sending device to be at least two time domain starting points included in the first TTI Determining a first time domain starting point of the second frequency domain resource that can be used by the sending device, so that the sending device can perform data channel transmission by using the second frequency domain resource from the first time domain starting point, that is, Compared with the technology, the transmitting device does not need to perform wireless communication by using the candidate time-frequency resource when determining that the time domain starting point of the candidate time-frequency resource is located at the starting point of one subframe, thereby improving the time-frequency resource based on the candidate.
  • the possibility of wireless communication improves communication efficiency, reduces service transmission delay, and improves
  • the method further includes: sending, by the sending device, indication information of the first time domain starting point to the receiving device.
  • the frequency domain resource used by the communication system is divided into N sub-bands, N ⁇ 2, the first frequency domain resource occupies M sub-bands of the N sub-bands, M ⁇ 2, and the second frequency domain resource
  • the K sub-bands of the M sub-bands are occupied in the frequency domain, M>K ⁇ 1.
  • the sending device is a network device
  • the receiving device is a terminal device
  • the data channel is a downlink data channel.
  • the sending device is a terminal device
  • the receiving device is a network device
  • the data channel is an uplink data channel
  • a seventh aspect provides a method for transmitting a data channel, which is applied to a communication system including a transmitting device and a receiving device, wherein the time-frequency resource used by the communication system is a time-frequency resource used based on a contention mechanism, and the communication system uses multiple Each TTI in the transmission time interval TTI includes at least two time domain starting points, and the method includes: the sending device determines a time-frequency resource used to carry the at least one data channel, where the candidate time-frequency resource in the time-frequency resource is used by And carrying the first data channel in the at least one data channel, where the candidate time-frequency resource corresponds to the first TTI in the time domain, the candidate time-frequency resource includes at least two time-frequency resources, and the at least two time-frequency resources are The at least two time domain starting points of the first TTI are in one-to-one correspondence; the transmitting device detects the candidate time-frequency resource, and according to the detection result, from at least two time-frequency resources included in the candidate time-frequency resource, Determining a target time
  • a plurality of time domain starting points are set in a TTI used based on a contention mechanism, and the transmitting device detects the candidate time frequency before the transmission of the data channel is required,
  • the transmitting device can determine, from the at least two time-frequency resources that are different from the starting point of the candidate time-frequency, the target time-frequency resource that can be used by the sending device, and perform the data channel transmission by using the target time-frequency resource, that is, Compared with the prior art, the transmitting device does not need to perform wireless communication by using the candidate time-frequency resource when determining that the time domain starting point of the candidate time-frequency resource is located at a starting point of one subframe, thereby improving the candidate time based on the candidate.
  • the reliability of wireless communication of frequency resources improves communication efficiency, reduces service transmission delay, and improves user experience.
  • the method further includes: sending, by the sending device, the indication information of the target time-frequency resource to the receiving device.
  • the method further includes: sending, by the sending device, indication information of a time domain starting point corresponding to the target time-frequency resource to the receiving device.
  • the candidate time-frequency resource includes at least two time-frequency resources having an embedded structure in the time domain.
  • the frequency domain resource used by the communication system is divided into N sub-bands, N ⁇ 2, and the candidate time-frequency resource occupies M sub-bands of the N sub-bands, M ⁇ 2, and the target time-frequency resource is in frequency.
  • the domain occupies K sub-bands of the M sub-bands, M>K ⁇ 1.
  • an apparatus for transmitting a data channel comprising means for performing the steps of any of the first to seventh aspects above and embodiments thereof.
  • a ninth aspect an apparatus for transmitting a data channel, comprising a memory and a processor, the memory for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the device transmitting the data performs the above.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is processed by a communication unit, a processing unit or a transceiver of a communication device (eg, a network device or a terminal device) When the device is in operation, the communication device is caused to perform the method of any of the first to seventh aspects described above and embodiments thereof.
  • a computer readable storage medium storing a program causing a communication device (eg, a network device or a terminal device) to perform the above-described first to seventh aspects Any of the aspects and methods thereof.
  • a communication device eg, a network device or a terminal device
  • each sub-band includes a plurality of sub-carriers.
  • the bandwidth of each sub-band is determined based on a bandwidth that the network device or the terminal device can detect during one detection (or contention) process.
  • the bandwidth of each sub-band is less than or equal to the bandwidth that the network device or the terminal device can detect during one detection (or competition).
  • the bandwidth of each sub-band is 20 MHz.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a communication system of a method and apparatus for transmitting a transmission channel (uplink channel or downlink channel) according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of a transmission process of an uplink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of uplink channel transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of a transmission process of a downlink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing an example of downlink channel transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram showing an example of an apparatus for transmitting an uplink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of another example of an apparatus for transmitting an uplink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of still another example of an apparatus for transmitting a downlink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of still another example of an apparatus for transmitting a downlink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a component can be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be a component.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or execution thread, and the components can be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on signals having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • WiFi Wireless Fidelity
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • V2V Vehicle to Vehicle
  • Embodiments of the present invention describe various embodiments in connection with a network device and a terminal device, where:
  • a terminal device may also be called a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, and a user.
  • Agent or user device can be a station in the WLAN (STAION, ST), which can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, and a personal digital processing.
  • WLAN STAION, ST
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • PDA handheld device with wireless communication capabilities
  • computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem
  • in-vehicle device wearable device
  • next-generation communication system for example, fifth-generation communication (fifth- Generation, 5G)
  • 5G fifth-generation communication
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • a wearable device which can also be called a wearable smart device, is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design and wear wearable devices such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are more than just a hardware device, but they also implement powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-size, non-reliable smartphones for full or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and focus on only one type of application, and need to work with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various smart bracelets for smart signs monitoring, smart jewelry, etc.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, such as a network device, and the network device may be an access point (AP) in the WLAN, a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA, It may be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or an access point, or an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a future 5G network.
  • AP access point
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB NodeB
  • NB evolved base station
  • LTE Long Term Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB
  • Network equipment or network equipment in a future evolved PLMN network may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, such as a network device, and the network device may be an access point (AP) in the WLAN, a base station (Base
  • the network device provides a service for the cell
  • the terminal device communicates with the network device by using a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource) used by the cell
  • a transmission resource for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource
  • the cell may be a network device.
  • a cell corresponding to a cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell, where the small cell may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • multiple carriers can work at the same frequency on the carrier in the LTE system or the 5G system.
  • the concept of the carrier and the cell can be considered to be equivalent.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the concept of the carrier and the cell can be considered to be equivalent, for example, the UE accessing one carrier and accessing one cell are equivalent.
  • the method and apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a terminal device or a network device, where the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and a memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through a process, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, contacts, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, as long as it can be provided according to the embodiment of the present invention by running a program for recording the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method can be communicated.
  • the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be a terminal device or a network device, or a function module that can call a program and execute a program in the terminal device or the network device.
  • the term "article of manufacture” as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or media.
  • the computer readable medium may include, but is not limited to, a magnetic storage device (eg, a hard disk, a floppy disk, or a magnetic tape, etc.), such as a compact disc (CD), a digital versatile disc (Digital Versatile Disc, DVD). Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drivers, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, without limitation, a wireless channel and various other mediums capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network device 102, which may include one antenna or multiple antennas such as antennas 104, 106, 108, 110, 112, and 114. Additionally, network device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (eg, processor, modulator, multiplexer) , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • a network device 102 may include one antenna or multiple antennas such as antennas 104, 106, 108, 110, 112, and 114.
  • network device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (eg, processor, modulator, multiplexer) , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • Network device 102 can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices, such as terminal device 116 and terminal device 122. However, it will be appreciated that network device 102 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to terminal device 116 or terminal device 122.
  • Terminal devices 116 and 122 may be, for example, cellular telephones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable for communicating over wireless communication system 100. device.
  • terminal device 116 is in communication with antennas 112 and 114, wherein antennas 112 and 114 transmit information to terminal device 116 over a forward link (also referred to as downlink) 118 and through the reverse link (also Information referred to as uplink 120 receives information from terminal device 116.
  • terminal device 122 is in communication with antennas 104 and 106, wherein antennas 104 and 106 transmit information to terminal device 122 over forward link 124 and receive information from terminal device 122 over reverse link 126.
  • forward link 118 can use a different frequency band than reverse link 120, and forward link 124 can be used differently than reverse link 126. Frequency band.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • the forward link 118 and the reverse link 120 can use a common frequency band, a forward link 124, and a reverse link.
  • Link 126 can use a common frequency band.
  • Each antenna (or set of antennas consisting of multiple antennas) and/or regions designed for communication is referred to as a sector of network device 102.
  • the antenna group can be designed to communicate with terminal devices in sectors of the network device 102 coverage area.
  • the network device can transmit signals to all of the terminal devices in its corresponding sector through a single antenna or multiple antenna transmit diversity.
  • the transmit antenna of network device 102 may also utilize beamforming to improve the signal to noise ratio of forward links 118 and 124.
  • the network device 102 utilizes beamforming to transmit signals to the randomly dispersed terminal devices 116 and 122 in the associated coverage area, as compared to the manner in which the network device transmits signals to all of its terminal devices through single antenna or multi-antenna transmit diversity, Mobile devices in neighboring cells are subject to less interference.
  • network device 102, terminal device 116, or terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication transmitting device and/or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device can encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may acquire (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted over the channel to the wireless communication receiving device.
  • Such data bits may be included in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data that may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
  • the communication system 100 can be a PLMN network or a D2D network or an M2M network or other network.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of an example, and other network devices may also be included in the network, which are not shown in FIG.
  • the frequency domain resource used by the network device and the terminal device for wireless communication is a frequency domain resource used based on a contention mechanism.
  • the network device and/or the terminal device can detect whether a frequency domain resource having a certain bandwidth (eg, 20 MHz) is currently in an idle state, or whether the frequency domain resource is used by another device.
  • a frequency domain resource having a certain bandwidth eg, 20 MHz
  • the network device and/or the terminal device may use the frequency domain resource for communication, for example, performing uplink transmission or downlink transmission.
  • the network device and/or the terminal device cannot use the frequency domain resource.
  • the frequency domain resource used by the communication system 100 may also be a licensed spectrum resource, that is,
  • the communication system 100 of the embodiment of the present invention is a communication system capable of using a licensed frequency band, and each communication device (network device and/or terminal device) within the system 100 can use the frequency domain resources of the licensed frequency band in a competitive manner.
  • Licensed frequency domain resources may also be referred to as “licensed spectrum resources” or “licensed carrier”, which refers to frequency domain resources that need to be approved by national or local wireless committees. Different systems such as LTE systems and WiFi systems, or different. Systems included in the carrier may not share licensed frequency domain resources.
  • the licensed spectrum resources may be delineated by the government's Radio Management Committee and have dedicated-purpose spectrum resources, such as those used by mobile operators, civil aviation, railways, and police-specific spectrum resources. Due to policy exclusivity, the quality of licensed spectrum resources is guaranteed. Generally, it can be guaranteed, and it is relatively easy to perform scheduling control.
  • the frequency domain resource used by the communication system 100 may be an unlicensed frequency domain resource.
  • Unlicensed frequency domain resources may also be referred to as “unlicensed spectrum resources” or “unlicensed carrier”, which means that each communication device can share resources on the unlicensed band.
  • the “shared resources on the unlicensed band” may mean that the use of a specific spectrum only specifies the limits of the transmit power and out-of-band leakage to ensure that basic coexistence is satisfied between multiple devices sharing the band. It is required that the operator can use the unlicensed band resources to achieve the purpose of network capacity offloading, but it is required to comply with the regulatory requirements of the unlicensed band resources in different regions and different spectrums.
  • each communication device can adopt a contention mode or a monitoring mode, for example, a frequency domain resource used in a manner specified by Listening Before Talk (“LBT").
  • LBT Listening Before Talk
  • the unlicensed spectrum resource may be a spectrum resource delineated by relevant government departments, but does not limit the radio technology, the operating enterprise and the service life, and does not guarantee the service quality of the frequency band.
  • Communication equipment using unlicensed spectrum resources only needs to meet the requirements of transmitting power, out-of-band leakage and other indicators, and can be used free of charge. Common applications are free of licensed spectrum resources.
  • the unlicensed spectrum resource may include a frequency band near 5 GHz (Giga Hertz, GHz), a frequency band near 2.4 GHz, a frequency band near 3.5 GHz, and a frequency band near 60 GHz. .
  • the communication system 100 may be a Licensed-Assisted Access Using LTE (LAA-LTE) technology using an unlicensed carrier, or may be employed to support the communication system in a license-free manner.
  • LAA-LTE Licensed-Assisted Access Using LTE
  • technologies for independent deployment of frequency bands such as Standalone LTE over unlicensed spectrum, or LTE Advanced in Unlicensed Spectrums (LTE-U) technology, that is, the communication system 100 can independently deploy the LTE system to license-free.
  • the frequency band, and thus the communication using the LTE air interface protocol on the unlicensed band does not include licensed bands.
  • the LTE system deployed in the unlicensed band can utilize technologies such as centralized scheduling, interference coordination, and hybrid automatic repeat reQuest (HARQ). Compared with access technologies such as Wi-Fi, the technology has better technology. Great, you can achieve higher spectral efficiency, provide greater coverage and a better user experience.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat reQuest
  • the communication system 100 may employ, for example, Licensed-Assisted Access (LAA), Dual Connectivity (DC), and license-free access ( Standalone) technology.
  • LAA includes the configuration and structure of Carrier Aggregation (CA) in the existing LTE system, and configures carriers (licensed carriers) on the carrier licensed frequency band to perform communication on the unlicensed frequency bands.
  • the carrier (unlicensed carrier) is communicated with the licensed carrier as an auxiliary carrier. That is, the LTE device can use the licensed carrier as the primary component carrier (PCC) or the primary cell (PCell) in the CA mode, and use the unlicensed carrier as the secondary component carrier (SCC). Or secondary cell (Secondary Cell, SCell).
  • PCC primary component carrier
  • PCell secondary component carrier
  • SCell secondary cell
  • Dual-connected DC technology includes technologies that use licensed carriers and unlicensed carriers in a non-CA or non-ideal backhaul manner, or a combination of multiple unlicensed carriers in a non-CA manner.
  • LTE devices can also be deployed directly on unlicensed carriers through independent deployment.
  • an access network device such as a base station or a cell, may determine the transmission duration and/or uplink information of the downlink information after preempting the unlicensed spectrum resource according to the downlink traffic load and/or the uplink traffic load, or other considerations.
  • the length of the transmission Further, the access network device can flexibly adjust the number of time units (ie, downlink time units) including downlink information, and the number of time units (including uplink time units) including uplink information, after preempting the unlicensed spectrum resources.
  • TxOP Transmission Opportunity
  • the transmission opportunity may also be referred to as a transmission burst (Transmission Burst)
  • a TxOP may include a downlink burst transmission.
  • Downlink Transmission Burst Downlink Transmission Burst
  • UL Transmission Burst Uplink Transmission Burst
  • the downlink burst transmission (which may also be referred to as “downlink burst data transmission” or “downlink burst information transmission”) may include: an access network device (for example, an eNB) or a cell under the access network device (Cell) After the preemption of the unlicensed band resources, the information transmission (or data transmission) using the unlicensed band resources is not required to pass through a competition mechanism (for example, LBT).
  • the length of a downlink burst transmission is not greater than the maximum time that the access network device (or the cell) can continuously transmit through the contention mechanism on the unlicensed band resource, and the maximum time may also be referred to as a maximum channel. Occupied time (MCOT, Maximum Channel Occupied Time).
  • the length of the MCOT can be related to regional regulatory constraints. For example, in Japan, MCOT can be equal to 4ms; in Europe, MCOT can be equal to 8ms, or 10ms, or 13ms. Alternatively, the length of the MCOT may also be related to the competition mechanism used by the listening device (for example, the access network device or the terminal device). Generally, the shorter the listening time, the shorter the MCOT. Or, the length of the MCOT can also be related to the level of service transmitted. In the embodiment of the present invention, the MCOT may also be determined by other factors, and is not specifically limited.
  • “using information transmission by using the unlicensed band resource in a manner that does not need to pass through a contention mechanism” may include, after the access network device or the cell seizes the unlicensed band resource, During the time when the information is actually transmitted on the unlicensed band resource or within the MCOT, it is not necessary to evaluate whether the unlicensed band resource is available through a competition mechanism. For example, taking the downlink burst transmission included in the first TxOP as an example, starting from the second subframe in the downlink burst transmission, the base station does not need to evaluate whether the unlicensed band resource is available through a contention mechanism.
  • the unlicensed spectrum resource needs to be determined to be available. Once the downlink burst starts to be transmitted, the availability of the unlicensed spectrum resource may not be re-evaluated until the downlink burst data transmission. End.
  • "using information transmission by using the unlicensed band resource in a manner that does not need to pass the competition mechanism” may further include: after the access network device or the cell preempts the unlicensed band resource, actually on the unlicensed band resource During the time of sending the information or within the MCOT, the competition mechanism may be adopted without considering coexistence with the different systems, but the competition mechanism may be considered in consideration of coexistence with the same system.
  • the competition mechanism adopted for coexistence with the system The method may include including, after the preemption of the unlicensed band resource, a time unit (or an idle time unit) in the time when the information is sent or the MCOT, in which the base station or the cell may stop the information transmission.
  • the base station or the cell may perform channel sounding to re-evaluate whether the unlicensed spectrum resource is available, or may not perform channel sensing in a specific time unit.
  • the access network device can stop transmitting information for a period of time at any time position.
  • the non-LTE system can be regarded as a different system, such as a WLAN system, or a system using WiFi technology; the LTE system can be regarded as the same system, whether it is an LTE system belonging to the same operator or a different operator.
  • the LTE system can be regarded as the same system.
  • the LTE system includes a network device and/or a terminal device.
  • uplink burst transmission may include: after the terminal device preempts the unlicensed band resource, it does not need to compete again.
  • the mechanism eg, LBT
  • the length of the uplink burst transmission may not be greater than the MCOT on the unlicensed band resource, or the length of the uplink burst transmission may be otherwise limited.
  • the uplink burst transmission may include information transmission of a single user, and may also include information transmission of multiple users. From the access network device side, the uplink burst transmission may be an uplink information transmission included in the TxOP.
  • the uplink burst transmission further includes: after the access network device preempts the unlicensed band resource, based on a specific time delay within a time range in which the access network device does not need to use the unlicensed band to transmit information through a competition mechanism ( For example, based on a 4 ms time delay, information transmission by the terminal device from the first uplink subframe that can be scheduled to the last uplink subframe that can be scheduled, for example, from the first uplink subframe to the last one.
  • the time range between uplink subframes is the time range corresponding to the uplink burst transmission.
  • the length of time that the uplink subframe that can be scheduled for uplink information transmission may be less than 1 ms.
  • the length of time of one TxOP may not be greater than the maximum transmission time length that the downlink burst transmission may allow, or not greater than the maximum transmission time length that the uplink burst transmission may allow, or not greater than the downlink burst transmission permission.
  • the maximum transmission time length and the maximum time length allowed for uplink burst transmission, or the length of one burst transmission may be no more than the MCOT on the unlicensed band resource. For example, for a given device, whether it is an access network device or a terminal device, or other devices, after preempting the unlicensed band resources, the maximum length of time that data can be transmitted through the contention mechanism is 8 ms (corresponding to the above).
  • the mentioned MCOT that is, a TxOP even includes both the DL transmission burst and the UL transmission burst, and the maximum transmission time length of one TxOP (or Transmission Burst) is also 8 ms.
  • the uplink burst transmission may employ a competition mechanism that facilitates the terminal device to preempt (or compete) the unlicensed band resources.
  • the information transmission of the LTE system on the unlicensed band has no fixed frame structure, and may include at least one of the following: different downlink burst transmissions may have different durations, and different uplink burst transmissions may have different durations.
  • the length of the downlink burst transmission included in the TxOP (which may be adjacent or non-adjacent) may be different.
  • the length of the uplink burst transmission included in different TxOPs may be different, and the duration of different TxOPs may be different.
  • the duration of the downlink burst transmission includes a length of time from a start time of the downlink burst to an end time of the downlink burst; the duration of the uplink burst transmission includes: The length of time between the start time and the end time of the upstream burst.
  • burst transmission is simply referred to as “burst”
  • uplink burst transmission is simply referred to as “uplink burst”
  • downlink burst is simply referred to as “downlink burst”.
  • one burst transmission may include one or more time units.
  • the plurality of time units in the burst transmission may be continuous or non-contiguous (for example, some adjacent time units are separated by time intervals),
  • the invention is not particularly limited.
  • each time unit has the same length of time.
  • each time unit in a burst transmission may be a complete time unit.
  • the complete time unit means that the time length for downlink information transmission or uplink information transmission in the time unit is equal to the length of time of the time unit.
  • each time unit in a downlink burst transmission may be a complete time unit, that is, each time unit in the downlink burst transmission is used for the same length of time for downlink information transmission; for example, in an uplink burst transmission.
  • Each time unit is a complete time unit, that is, each time unit in the uplink burst transmission has the same length of time for uplink information transmission.
  • At least two of the plurality of consecutive time units included in each burst transmission have different lengths of time.
  • part of the time unit in one burst transmission may be an incomplete time unit.
  • the first time unit in a downlink burst transmission may be an incomplete time unit. It can be understood that the length of time for downlink information transmission in the first time unit may be smaller than the length of the first time unit.
  • the time unit is represented by a subframe, and the time for the downlink information transmission in the first subframe of a downlink burst transmission may be less than 1 ms; or the last time unit in a downlink burst transmission may be incomplete.
  • the time unit can be understood as the length of time for the downlink information transmission in the last time unit can be less than the length of the last time unit.
  • the time unit is represented by a subframe, and the last subframe in a downlink burst transmission may be used for downlink information transmission for less than 1 ms; or the first time unit and the last time unit in one downlink burst transmission. All are incomplete time units.
  • the first time unit in an uplink burst transmission may be an incomplete time unit. It may be understood that the length of time used for uplink information transmission in the first time unit may be less than the length of the first time unit. .
  • the time unit is represented by a subframe, and the time for the uplink information transmission in the first subframe of an uplink burst transmission may be less than 1 ms; or the last time unit in an uplink burst transmission may be incomplete.
  • the time unit can be understood as the length of time for the uplink information transmission in the last time unit can be less than the length of the last time unit.
  • the time unit is represented by a subframe, and the last subframe in an uplink burst transmission may be used for uplink information transmission for less than 1 ms; or the first time unit and the last time unit in an uplink burst transmission. All are incomplete time units.
  • adjacent burst transmissions may be separated from each other by a time interval. For example, since the access network device may need to re-evaluate whether the unlicensed spectrum resources are available after a downlink burst ends, Thus adjacent burst transmissions may be separated from each other by one or more time units.
  • a time unit in a burst transmission may be used to transmit data of one terminal device, and may also be used for transmitting data of multiple terminal devices, which is not specifically limited by the present invention, for example, the same access network.
  • a plurality of terminal devices served by the device may receive data sent by the access network device through a time unit in a burst transmission by using frequency division multiplexing or time division multiplexing or space division multiplexing.
  • multiple terminal devices served by the same access network device may send data to the access network device through a time unit in a burst transmission by using frequency division multiplexing, time division multiplexing, or space division multiplexing. .
  • each burst transmission may be pre-divided (or statically or semi-statically configured), that is, the high-level management equipment of each burst transmission communication system divides and notifies each access network device,
  • the division manner of each burst transmission may be specified by a communication protocol, or the division manner of each burst transmission may be pre-stored in each access network device by means of a factory setting or an administrator setting.
  • each access network device can use the unlicensed spectrum resource in a time division multiplexing manner, and the specific time range of the corresponding time can be divided by the high-level management device, within the time range of the divided use. It is also necessary to use the unlicensed spectrum resource through channel evaluation.
  • each burst transmission may also be autonomously determined (or dynamically changed) by each access network device, that is, each access network device may determine a usable time unit in a competitive manner. And contiguous one or more time units are transmitted as one or more bursts, for example, the access network device can configure the plurality of competing time units in the same burst transmission.
  • the network device Before performing the downlink transmission, the network device needs to confirm whether the frequency domain resources scheduled by the network device (for example, the resources on the unlicensed frequency band scheduled by the network device) are available by using, for example, LBT, and as to where the LBT is specifically performed.
  • LBT Low-power Bluetooth
  • the terminal device Before performing the uplink transmission, the terminal device needs to confirm whether the frequency domain resource scheduled by the network device (for example, the resource on the unlicensed frequency band scheduled by the network device) is available, for example, by LBT, etc., as to where the LBT is specifically performed.
  • the invention is not specifically limited.
  • each time unit in a burst transmission may be a time unit including the same number of symbols.
  • the length of each time unit in a burst transmission is one subframe.
  • each time unit in a burst transmission has a length of 2 symbols.
  • At least two of the plurality of consecutive time units included in each burst transmission have different lengths of time.
  • At least two time units in each time unit in one burst transmission include different number of symbols.
  • the time length of a time unit other than the first time unit and/or the last time unit in a burst transmission is 1 ms (ie, 1 subframe).
  • the length of the first time unit in a burst transmission may be less than 1 ms; or, the length of the last time unit in a burst transmission may be less than 1 ms; or the first one in a burst transmission
  • the time unit and the last time unit are both less than 1 ms in length. It should be noted that the length of time of the first time unit and the last time unit may be the same or different.
  • the time length of a time unit in a burst transmission may be any positive integer number of symbols less than 8, for example, a burst transmission includes 6 time units, and each time unit corresponds to a length of 3 symbols. 2 symbols, 2 symbols, 2 symbols, 2 symbols, 3 symbols.
  • the time unit in a burst transmission may be used to transmit data of one terminal device, and may also be used to transmit data of multiple terminal devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention, for example, the same connection.
  • the plurality of terminal devices served by the network access device may receive the time unit sent by the access network device by means of frequency division multiplexing or time division multiplexing or space division multiplexing or code division multiplexing. data.
  • a plurality of terminal devices served by the same access network device may use a time unit in a burst transmission by means of frequency division multiplexing or time division multiplexing or space division multiplexing or code division multiplexing.
  • the network access device sends data.
  • each burst transmission may be pre-divided (or statically or semi-statically configured), that is, the high-level management equipment of each burst transmission communication system divides and notifies each access network device,
  • the division manner of each burst transmission may be specified by a communication protocol, or the division manner of each burst transmission may be pre-stored in each access network device by means of a factory setting or an administrator setting.
  • each access network device can use the unlicensed spectrum resource in a time division multiplexing manner, and the specific time range of the corresponding time can be divided by the high-level management device, within the time range of the divided use. It is also necessary to use the unlicensed spectrum resource through channel evaluation.
  • each burst transmission may also be autonomously determined (or dynamically changed) by each access network device, that is, each access network device may determine a usable time unit in a competitive manner. And contiguous one or more time units are transmitted as one or more bursts, for example, the access network device can configure the plurality of competing time units in the same burst transmission.
  • the network device may provide only one or more license-free cells (or may also be referred to as an unlicensed carrier), or the network device may provide only one or more licenses.
  • the cell or may also be referred to as a licensed carrier
  • the network device may provide both an unlicensed cell and a licensed cell, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • each communication device for example, a network device or a terminal device
  • may use a resource for example, a frequency domain resource
  • a resource for example, a frequency domain resource
  • a scheduling manner for example, the frequency domain resource is used for communication, and the embodiment of the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the scheduling mode and the scheduling-free mode are described below.
  • transmission of a channel may be performed based on scheduling of a network device.
  • the period of the scheduling may be, for example, a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) or a Short Transmission Time Interval (sTTI).
  • TTI Transmission Time Interval
  • sTTI Short Transmission Time Interval
  • the specific scheduling procedure is that the network device sends a control channel, for example, a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) or an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) or a physical downlink control for scheduling sTTI transmission.
  • a control channel for example, a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) or an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) or a physical downlink control for scheduling sTTI transmission.
  • Channel sTTI Physical Downlink Control Channel, sPDCCH
  • PDSCH Physical downlink shared channel
  • DCI downlink control information
  • Scheduling information of a channel Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH
  • the terminal device detects the control channel and performs the scheduling information according to the detected control channel.
  • the downlink data channel is received or the uplink data channel is transmitted.
  • the scheduling information carried in the control channel may indicate that the TTI length is 1 ms (the transmission time length is 1 ms) or the TTI length is less than 1 ms (transmission). Between the length is less than 1ms) downlink data channel or receiving uplink data channel transmission.
  • a schedule-free transmission scheme can be used.
  • the transmission of data may also be unscheduled.
  • Unscheduled transmission English can be expressed as Grant Free.
  • the schedule-free transmission here can be for uplink data transmission or downlink data transmission.
  • the unscheduled transmission can be understood as any meaning of the following meanings, or multiple meanings, or a combination of some of the various technical features or other similar meanings:
  • the unscheduled transmission may be: the network device pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources; when the terminal device has an uplink data transmission requirement, select at least one transmission resource from the plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the network device, and use the selected transmission.
  • the resource sends uplink data; the network device detects uplink data sent by the terminal device on one or more of the pre-assigned multiple transmission resources.
  • the detection may be blind detection, or may be performed according to one of the control domains in the uplink data, or may be detected in other manners.
  • the unscheduled transmission may be: the network device pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources, so that when the terminal device has an uplink data transmission requirement, at least one transmission resource is selected from a plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the network device, and the selected one is used.
  • the transmission resource sends uplink data.
  • the unscheduled transmission may be: acquiring information of a plurality of pre-assigned transmission resources, selecting at least one transmission resource from the plurality of transmission resources when the uplink data transmission request is required, and transmitting the uplink data by using the selected transmission resource.
  • the method of obtaining can be obtained from a network device.
  • the unscheduled transmission may refer to a method for implementing uplink data transmission of the terminal device without dynamic scheduling of the network device, where the dynamic scheduling may refer to that the network device indicates the transmission resource by signaling for each uplink data transmission of the terminal device.
  • implementing uplink data transmission of the terminal device may be understood as allowing data of two or more terminal devices to perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resource.
  • the transmission resource may be a transmission resource of one or more transmission time units after the time when the terminal device receives the signaling.
  • a transmission time unit can refer to a minimum time unit of one transmission, such as a TTI.
  • the unscheduled transmission may refer to: the terminal device performs uplink data transmission without requiring network device scheduling.
  • the scheduling may be performed by the terminal device sending an uplink scheduling request to the network device, and after receiving the scheduling request, the network device sends an uplink grant to the terminal device, where the uplink grant indicates an uplink transmission resource allocated to the terminal device.
  • the unscheduled transmission may be a competitive transmission mode. Specifically, multiple terminals may simultaneously perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resources allocated in advance without performing scheduling by the base station.
  • the data may be included in service data or signaling data.
  • the blind detection can be understood as the detection of data that may arrive without predicting whether or not data has arrived.
  • the blind detection can also be understood as detection without explicit signaling indication.
  • the basic time unit of the unscheduled transmission may be one TTI (for example, including the above sTTI).
  • the unscheduled transmission may include downlink data channel reception or uplink data channel transmission with a TTI length of 1 ms (transmission time length of 1 ms) or TTI length of less than 1 ms (transmission time length of less than 1 ms).
  • the system frequency domain resource used by the communication system 100 may be a resource having a predetermined bandwidth in the licensed frequency domain resource or the unlicensed frequency domain resource.
  • the system frequency domain resource may be a piece of spectrum resource having a bandwidth of, for example, 80 MHz in the licensed frequency domain resource or the unlicensed frequency domain resource. It should be understood that the sizes of the system frequency domain resources enumerated above are merely illustrative, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the frequency domain resources of the system may all be licensed frequency domain resources, or the frequency domain resources of the system may all be unlicensed frequency domain resources, or some resources in the frequency domain resources of the system may be In order to permit the frequency domain resource, another part of the resources in the system frequency domain resource may be an unlicensed frequency domain resource, and the invention is not particularly limited.
  • the system frequency domain resource may be divided into multiple sub-bands.
  • each sub-band can include one or more sub-carriers.
  • the bandwidths of the multiple sub-bands in the frequency domain resource of the system may be the same.
  • the bandwidth of each sub-band may be, for example, 20 MHz. It should be understood that the size of the sub-bands enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and the size of each whole sub-bandwidth can be arbitrarily adjusted according to actual needs.
  • the bandwidth of some sub-bands in the system frequency domain resource may be different.
  • the bandwidth of some (one or more) sub-bands in the system frequency domain resource may be, for example, 20 MHz, and the system frequency domain resource is another.
  • the bandwidth of some (one or more) sub-bands may be, for example, 10 MHz. It should be understood that the size of the sub-bands enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto, and the size of each sub-bandwidth may be arbitrarily adjusted according to actual needs.
  • the size of the sub-bandwidth may be based on a unit used by the terminal device to detect (or compete) the resource (or the terminal device detects during a detection or competition process or The size of the competing object is determined.
  • the relationship between the ⁇ and ⁇ may satisfy: ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ .
  • the size of each sub-band may be determined by the network device and notified to the terminal device by signaling or the like.
  • the size of each sub-band may also be specified by a communication system or a communication protocol, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • each TTI in a communication system may include X (at least two) time domain starting points, X >
  • the number of time domain start points included in each TTI may be the same as the number of time slots included in each TTI.
  • the network device or the terminal device may use the start point of any one of the time slots in one TTI (or any time domain start point of the TTI) as the start of transmission using the TTI. time.
  • each TTI includes only one time domain starting point, that is, the starting point of the first time slot in the TTI, that is, if the network device or the terminal device cannot be in one TTI (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, It is noted that: TTI#1) before the start of the time domain can confirm that it can compete to the TTI#1 (specifically, the frequency domain resource based on the competition mechanism on TTI#1), then the network device or the terminal device cannot use the TTI. #1.
  • time domain starting point #1 Specifically, the frequency domain resource used based on the contention mechanism on TTI #1
  • the network device or the terminal device can start from the time domain starting point #1, and use the TTI#1 (specifically, TTI#)
  • TTI#1 specifically, TTI#
  • the following describes the transmission objects, that is, the uplink channel and the downlink channel, in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the uplink channel may include, but is not limited to, one or more of the following information:
  • Uplink data channel for example, PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH may include an uplink reference signal and/or uplink data.
  • the uplink control channel may include at least one of the following:
  • the uplink control information may include feedback information for downlink data.
  • the downlink data may be transmitted by using a feedback technique, which may include, for example, a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) technology.
  • a feedback technique which may include, for example, a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) technology.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the HARQ technology is a technology formed by combining Forward Error Correction (FEC) and Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ).
  • the receiving end after receiving data from the transmitting end, the receiving end can determine whether the data is accurately decoded. If the decoding is not possible, the receiving end may feed back the negative-acknowledge (NACK) information to the transmitting end, so that the transmitting end may determine that the receiving end does not accurately receive the data based on the NACK information, so that the retransmission process may be performed; If the decoding can be accurately performed, the receiving end can feed back Acknowledge (ACK) information to the transmitting end, so that the transmitting end can determine that the receiving end accurately receives the data based on the ACK information, so that the data transmission can be determined to be completed.
  • NACK negative-acknowledge
  • ACK Acknowledge
  • the information when the receiving end decodes successfully, the information may be sent to the sending end, and when the decoding fails, the NACK information may be fed back to the transmitting end.
  • the uplink control information may include ACK information or NACK information in the HARQ technology.
  • the feedback information may further include DTX (Discontinuous Transmission) information, where the DTX information may be used to indicate that the terminal device does not receive downlink data.
  • DTX Continuous Transmission
  • CQI Channel Quality Indicator
  • the CQI may be used to reflect the channel quality of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH).
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the channel quality of the PDSCH may be represented by 0-15. 0 indicates the worst channel quality and 15 indicates the best channel quality.
  • the terminal device may send CQI information to the network device on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
  • the network device may determine the radio channel condition of the current PDSCH or the PUSCH according to the CQI information, and then complete the scheduling for the PDSCH.
  • the network device may determine the adaptive modulation and modulation (Adaptive Modulation and Coding, based on the CQI information).
  • AMC Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • rate or amount of data for uplink or downlink transmission may be used to determine the adaptive modulation and modulation (Adaptive Modulation and Coding, based on the CQI information.
  • AMC adaptive modulation and modulation
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the RI information may be used to indicate the effective data layer number of the PDSCH, or the RI information may be used to indicate the number of code words (CW) that the terminal device can currently support.
  • the PMI information may be used to indicate an index of the codebook set. That is, in the multi-antenna technique, for example, the Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) technique, precoding based on the precoding matrix is performed in the baseband processing of the PDSCH physical layer.
  • the terminal device can indicate the precoding matrix through the PMI information, thereby improving the signal quality of the PDSCH.
  • MIMO Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
  • Access channel for example, Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH).
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • an access channel may refer to an access channel when a terminal device initiates a call, that is, after receiving, for example, a Fast Physical Access Channel (FPACH) response message, the terminal device may The information indicated by the network device transmits a Radio Resource Control Connection Request (RRC Connection Request) message on the PRACH channel to establish an RRC connection.
  • RRC Connection Request Radio Resource Control Connection Request
  • the downlink channel may include, but is not limited to, a downlink data channel, for example, a PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH may include downlink reference signals and/or downlink data.
  • FIG. 2 schematically shows a procedure in which the uplink channel #A (that is, an example of uplink data) is transmitted between the network device #A (that is, an example of the network device) and the terminal device #A (that is, an example of the terminal device).
  • the uplink channel #A that is, an example of uplink data
  • network device #A may allocate time-frequency resources for uplink transmission (eg, including transmission of the uplink channel #A) to terminal device #A from the system frequency domain resources.
  • time-frequency resources for uplink transmission eg, including transmission of the uplink channel #A
  • the time-frequency resource #A of the plurality of time-frequency resources (that is, an example of the first uplink time-frequency resource) is allocated by the network device #A for carrying the uplink channel. A.
  • the network device #A may schedule multiple uplink channels for the terminal device #A, or the network device #A may allocate the time-frequency resource #A for the terminal device #A. Multiple time-frequency resources within, wherein each time-frequency resource can carry an uplink channel.
  • a processing procedure based on the time-frequency resource #A will be described as an example.
  • the method and the process for determining the time-frequency resource #A by the network device may be the same as the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the network device #A may indicate that the terminal device #A can pass the time-frequency resource #A through one or more scheduling information #A (ie, an example of scheduling information, for example, downlink control information). Perform uplink transmission.
  • scheduling information #A ie, an example of scheduling information, for example, downlink control information. Perform uplink transmission.
  • the usage manner of the time-frequency resource #A may be a scheduling-based manner or a scheduling-free manner, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the time-frequency resource #A can be used in a scheduling manner
  • the time-frequency resource #A can be allocated to the terminal device #A after determining that the terminal device #A needs to perform uplink transmission.
  • the scheduling information #A may be that the network device #A transmits to the terminal device #A after determining that the terminal device #A needs to perform uplink transmission.
  • the time-frequency resource #A can be the network device #A.
  • the terminal device #A is allocated to the terminal device #A before determining that the terminal device #A needs to perform uplink transmission.
  • the information #A may be the network device #A sent to the terminal device #A before determining that the terminal device #A needs to perform uplink transmission.
  • the scheduling information #A may indicate the size of the time-frequency resource #A, for example, the scheduling information #A may indicate the time-frequency resource block included in the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the scheduling information #A may indicate the size (or bandwidth) of the frequency domain resource corresponding to the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the scheduling information #A may indicate the number of sub-carriers included in the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the scheduling information #A may indicate the size of the time domain resource corresponding to the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the scheduling information #A may indicate the number of symbols included in the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the scheduling information #A may also indicate the location of the time-frequency resource #A in the system frequency domain resource.
  • the scheduling information #A may further indicate a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used by the terminal device when performing uplink transmission using the time-frequency resource #A.
  • MCS index #A is recorded as: MCS index #A.
  • scheduling information #A function (or the indicated content) enumerated above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the scheduling information #A function may be used to indicate uplink transmission in the prior art.
  • the function of the related parameter (for example, the downlink control information or the resource scheduling information) is similar.
  • the scheduling information #A may also be the information used in the prior art to indicate the related parameters used by the terminal device for uplink transmission. .
  • the time-frequency resource #A occupies at least two (ie, M) sub-bands in the frequency domain. In the embodiment of the present invention, the time-frequency resource #A occupies at least two (ie, M) sub-bands in the frequency domain, or the RBs included in the time-frequency resource #A are located in the frequency domain at least two sub-bands. Or, the subcarriers included in the time-frequency resource #A are located in at least two sub-bands in the frequency domain.
  • the time-frequency resource #A occupies at least two (ie, M) sub-bands in the frequency domain may refer to: the frequency-domain resource distribution corresponding to the time-frequency resource #A In M subbands.
  • multiple frequency domain resources may be included in each sub-band.
  • the time-frequency resource #A may include multiple frequency domain resources.
  • the plurality of frequency domain resources in the time-frequency resource #A are composed of frequency domain resources on each of the M sub-bands.
  • time-frequency resource #A may include some of the frequency domain resources in each of the M sub-bands.
  • the time-frequency resource #A may include all frequency domain resources in each of the M sub-bands.
  • the frequency domain resource included in the sub-band m in the M sub-bands included in the time-frequency resource #A may be part of the frequency-domain resource in the sub-band m, m ⁇ [1, M].
  • the frequency domain resource included in the sub-band m in the M sub-bands included in the time-frequency resource #A may be all frequency-domain resources in the sub-band m, m ⁇ [1, M].
  • the time-frequency resource #A occupies at least two sub-bands, which may mean that the time-frequency resource #A occupies all resources in at least two sub-bands.
  • the time-frequency resource #A occupying at least two sub-bands may also mean that the time-frequency resource #A occupies a part of resources in at least two sub-bands.
  • the scheduling information #A may be one (ie, case 1), or the scheduling information #A may be multiple (ie, case 2), and below, respectively, in the above two cases.
  • the specific transmission process is described in detail.
  • the terminal device #A can be instructed by the scheduling information #A to perform uplink channel transmission (for example, transmitting PUSCH) through the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the scheduling information #A may be resource allocation information.
  • the scheduling information #A may also be used to indicate the size and location of the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the scheduling information #A may be scheduling information that triggers the terminal device #A to perform uplink transmission by using the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the network device #A may notify the terminal device #A of the size and location of the time-frequency resource #A in advance through the resource allocation information.
  • the scheduling information #A may also indicate a transmission parameter used when data is transmitted through the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the transmission parameters may include, but are not limited to:
  • the MCS index used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource #A, the transport block size TBS used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource #A, and the modulation order used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource #A are passing Time-frequency resource #A
  • the code rate used when transmitting data, the redundancy version used when transmitting data by time-frequency resource #A, the antenna port used when transmitting data by time-frequency resource #A, and the time-frequency resource used # A precoding matrix index used when transmitting data, and so on.
  • network device #A may transmit P (at least two) scheduling information #A to terminal device #A.
  • the time-frequency resource indicated by each of the P pieces of scheduling information #A constitutes the time-frequency resource #A, or the time indicated by each of the P pieces of scheduling information #A
  • the sub-band occupied by (or in) the frequency resource in the frequency domain constitutes a sub-band occupied by (or in) the time-frequency resource #A in the frequency domain, P ⁇ 2.
  • the time-frequency resources indicated by any two of the P pieces of scheduling information #A may not overlap each other in the frequency domain, that is, the time-frequency resource #A is in the frequency.
  • the domain may be divided into P parts, and each information in the P scheduling information #A indicates one of the P parts.
  • the time-frequency resources indicated by the P scheduling information #A may have a nested structure in the frequency domain.
  • one of the P scheduling information #A may indicate the time-frequency resource. All of A (or all subbands occupied by time-frequency resource #A), another information in the P scheduling information #A may indicate a portion of time-frequency resource #A (or time-frequency resource #A) Part of the sub-band occupied).
  • the scheduling information #Ai in the P scheduling information #A is the time-frequency resource i
  • the scheduling information #Ai may also indicate that the time-frequency is passed.
  • the transmission parameters may include, but are not limited to:
  • the MCS index used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource i The MCS index used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource i, the transport block size used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource i, the modulation order used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource i, and the time-frequency resource i
  • the bandwidth of the time-frequency resource #A is 80 MHz, and the time-frequency resource #A includes four sub-bands (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, it is recorded as: sub-band # 1 to subband #4), the bandwidth of each subband is 20 MHz.
  • the terminal device #A can determine the time-frequency resource #A for carrying the uplink channel #A. Specifically, the terminal device #A can determine the size of the time-frequency resource #A in the frequency domain (or , bandwidth) and location, and the number and location of subbands occupied by the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the terminal device #A may detect the time-frequency resource #A (specifically, the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A, for example, the above-mentioned sub-band #1 to sub-band #4) (or , contention or monitoring), to determine the sub-bands that can be used in the sub-band #1 to sub-band #4.
  • the "detection” may include a Clear Channel Assessment, or the “detection” may include an LBT.
  • the terminal device #A may perform detection in units of sub-bands, that is, in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device #A may detect whether one sub-band is available.
  • the terminal device #A may perform detection in units of a plurality of (at least two) sub-bands.
  • the terminal device #A may perform detection in units of single carrier bandwidth of the system.
  • the terminal device #A may perform the foregoing detection (or competition or monitoring) based on the LBT mode, and the process may be similar to the prior art.
  • the process may be similar to the prior art.
  • the detailed description is omitted.
  • the terminal device #A can determine from the time-frequency resource #A (specifically, the sub-band included in the time-frequency resource #A, for example, the above-mentioned sub-band #1 to sub-band #4)
  • the time-frequency resource used by the terminal device #A that is, an example of the second uplink time-frequency resource, hereinafter, referred to as time-frequency resource #A') for ease of understanding and differentiation.
  • the terminal device #A can determine the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A' (ie, hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, denoted as sub-band #A), wherein the sub-band #A can be one
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the time-frequency resource #A' may be all frequency domain resources in the sub-band #A, or the time-frequency resource #A'
  • the corresponding frequency domain resource may also be part of the frequency domain resource in the sub-band #A, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • M that is, the number of sub-bands occupied by time-frequency resource #A
  • K ie, the number of sub-bands occupied by time-frequency resource #A'
  • M may also Equal to K
  • the invention is not particularly limited.
  • the processing in the above two cases can be similar.
  • the terminal device #A may time-frequency resource #1 (ie, time)
  • the sub-band to which the frequency resource #A' belongs is referred to as sub-band #A, in which the contention processing (for example, LBT) performed by the terminal device #A on the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #1 is successful, and
  • the time-frequency resource #1 is indicated by one of the P pieces of scheduling information #A (that is, an example of the Q pieces of scheduling information).
  • the terminal device #A may set the time-frequency resource #2 (ie, , another example of the time-frequency resource #A') is occupied by the sub-band as sub-band #A, wherein the terminal device #A successfully performs the contention processing (for example, LBT) on the sub-band to which the time-frequency resource #2 belongs
  • the time-frequency resource #2 includes a plurality of parts respectively indicated by a plurality of pieces of information in the P pieces of scheduling information #A (ie, another example of the Q pieces of scheduling information), for example, the plurality of The part and the plurality of scheduling information in the P scheduling information #A may have a one-to-one correspondence, and each part is indicated by the corresponding scheduling information.
  • the terminal device #A can transmit the uplink channel #A to the network device #A through the time-frequency resource #A' on the sub-band #A.
  • transport block size (TBS) used when transmitting the uplink channel #A will be described.
  • a mapping relationship table (for example, an MCS table) may be further stored in the terminal device #A, and the mapping relationship table may be used to indicate multiple A mapping relationship between a parameter set and a plurality of Transport Block Sizes (TBSs), wherein each parameter set includes an RB number value and an MCS index.
  • TBSs Transport Block Sizes
  • the scheduling information #A can also be used to indicate the number of RBs #A (for example, the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #A) and the MCS index #A, whereby the terminal device #A can be based on the number of RBs #A and MCS index #A, the TBS corresponding to the RB number #A and the MCS index #A is searched from the mapping relationship table (hereinafter, referred to as TBS#A for ease of understanding and explanation).
  • TBS#A mapping relationship table
  • the TBS #A may be a TBS allocated by the network device #A to the terminal device #A for uplink transmission (for example, transmission of the uplink channel #A) on the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the terminal device #A and the network device #A may use the TBS #A (ie, an example of the first TBS) to transmit the uplink channel #A on the time-frequency resource #A' (ie, mode 1)
  • the terminal device #A and the network device #A may use the TBS #A' (ie, an example of the second TBS) to transmit the uplink channel #A (ie, mode 2) on the time-frequency resource #A', below
  • TBS #A ie, an example of the first TBS
  • TBS #A' ie, an example of the second TBS
  • the terminal device #A may use the sub-band #A (specifically, the time-frequency resource #A' in the sub-band #A) to the network device based on the TBS#A.
  • A sends the upstream channel #A.
  • the uplink channel #A carries information that is channel-encoded to the TB of the TBS #A.
  • the terminal device #A can determine the TBS #A and the MCS index #A, and the terminal device #A can determine the modulation order corresponding to the MCS index #A.
  • modulation order #A ie, an example of the first uplink modulation order.
  • the terminal device #A can transmit the uplink channel #A to the network device #A via the sub-band #A based on the TBS #A and the modulation order #A.
  • the process may be similar to the method and process for transmitting data based on the TBS and the MCS by the prior art communication device (network device or terminal device).
  • network device or terminal device in order to avoid redundancy, detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the terminal device #A may pass the sub-band #A (specifically, the time-frequency resource #A' in the sub-band #A) to the network device #A based on the TBS #A and the modulation order #A'. Send upstream channel #A.
  • the modulation order #A is different from the modulation order #A'.
  • the modulation order #A' may be greater than the modulation order #A.
  • the modulation order #A' may be determined by terminal device #A.
  • the terminal device #A can determine the modulation order #A' based on the time-frequency resource #A'.
  • the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #A' (hereinafter, referred to as RB number #A' for ease of understanding and explanation) is smaller than the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #A.
  • the terminal device #A can increase the modulation order for the uplink channel #A (ie, Modulation order #A'), so that the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A through the time-frequency resource #A' according to the modulation order #A', and the code rate used is lower than the terminal device #A according to the modulation order #A The code rate used when the uplink channel #A is transmitted by the time-frequency resource #A'.
  • the terminal device #A may also transmit the indication information of the modulation order #A' (for example, the indication information of the MCS index corresponding to the modulation order #A') to the network device #A, thereby, the network device #A can determine the modulation order #A', and based on the modulation order #B and the TBS#A, parse the signal received by the time-frequency resource #A' to obtain the uplink channel #A, where
  • the process may be similar to the method and process for the prior art communication device (network device or terminal device) to parse the signal based on the TBS and the modulation order to obtain the data.
  • network device or terminal device to parse the signal based on the TBS and the modulation order to obtain the data.
  • the modulation order #A' may also be specified by the communication system.
  • the communication system may specify a modulation order #X, which is: when the communication device (for example, a network device or a terminal device) actually uses the time-frequency resource The modulation order used by the communication device to communicate based on the actually used time-frequency resource when part of the time-frequency resource in the pre-scheduled time-frequency resource. Therefore, the terminal device #A or the network device #A can use the above-described modulation order #X as the modulation order #A'.
  • the modulation order #A' may also be instructed by the network device in advance.
  • the network device may indicate the modulation order #X to the terminal device by using, for example, RRC signaling or the like, the modulation order #X is: when the communication device (for example, the network device) Or the time-frequency resource actually used by the terminal device is a partial time-frequency resource in the pre-scheduled time-frequency resource, and the modulation order used by the communication device to communicate based on the actually used time-frequency resource, thereby, the terminal device #A Or the network device #A can use the above modulation order #X as the modulation order #A'.
  • the modulation order #A' may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device by using the scheduling information #A.
  • the network device may expect that the terminal device or the terminal device may not be able to compete for all the scheduled time-frequency resources.
  • the network device The modulation order #X may be determined in advance, when the time-frequency resource actually used by the communication device (for example, the network device or the terminal device) is part of the time-frequency resource in the pre-scheduled time-frequency resource, The modulation order used by the communication device to communicate based on the actually used time-frequency resource.
  • the network device can simultaneously indicate the modulation order #X when the time-frequency resource is allocated to the terminal device by using, for example, scheduling information or the like. Therefore, the terminal device #A or the network device #A can use the above-described modulation order #X as the modulation order #A'.
  • the network device or the communication system may pre-specify a plurality of (eg, two) MCS sets (or MCS configuration sets), wherein each MCS set includes at least one MCS index.
  • an MCS set may be a corresponding relationship entry, and the corresponding relationship entry may be used to indicate a modulation order corresponding to each MCS index included in the MCS set.
  • the network device or the terminal device may select one of the plurality of MCS sets as the MCS set used when transmitting the uplink channel by the time-frequency resource #A'.
  • the plurality of MCS sets have a corresponding relationship with a plurality of resource sizes (or a plurality of sub-bands). Therefore, the network device and the terminal device may determine, according to the foregoing correspondence, the MCS set corresponding to the size of the time-frequency resource #A′ (or the number of sub-bands occupied by the time-frequency resource #A′) (hereinafter, for ease of understanding) And distinguishing, denoted as: MCS set #0), whereby the network device and the terminal device can modulate the currently used MCS index indicated by the MCS set #0 (for example, the MCS index indicated by the network device to the terminal device) The order is used as the modulation order #A'.
  • the network device or the communication system may pre-define at least two MCS sets, where the first MCS set in the at least two MCS sets is all the devices that the terminal device competes to allocate to the network device.
  • the MCS set used in the frequency band, the second MCS set in the at least two MCS sets is a set of MCS used when the terminal device contends to a partial sub-band allocated by the network device, so that the network device and the terminal device may be according to the terminal device pair
  • the contention condition of the sub-band allocated by the network device for example, whether the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A' is all (or part) of the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A), determining the modulation order
  • the MCS set used in #A' (or the MCS set used when the uplink channel is transmitted by the time-frequency resource #A'), and further, the network device and the terminal device can determine the modulation order A' based on the determined MCS set.
  • the terminal device and the network device may determine the modulation order #A' using the first MCS set; when the terminal device contends to the subband allocated by the network device In a partial subband of the medium, the terminal device and the network device can determine the modulation order #A' using the second MCS set.
  • each TTI may correspond to one MCS set, so that the network device and the terminal device may determine the MCS set corresponding to the TTI to which the time-frequency resource #A' belongs, and further, the network.
  • the device and the terminal device determine the modulation order A' based on the set of MCS determined by the above process.
  • the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the first or first few subframes (or TTIs) of the multiple subframes (or TTIs) to use the first MCS set, and the rest includes at least the last one subframe (or TTI) 1 subframe (or TTI) uses a second MCS set; or the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the first or first few subframes (or TTIs) of the multiple subframes (or TTIs) to use the second MCS set, and the rest
  • the first MCS set is used by at least 1 subframe (or TTI) including the last 1 subframe (or TTI).
  • the network device can indicate (for example, by scheduling information or downlink control information, etc.) the MCS set used by the terminal device when determining the modulation order #A' (or when using the time-frequency resource #A' to transmit the uplink channel) The MCS set), whereby the network device and the terminal device determine the modulation order A' based on the MCS set indicated by the above process.
  • Mode 2 the MCS set used by the terminal device when determining the modulation order #A' (or when using the time-frequency resource #A' to transmit the uplink channel) The MCS set), whereby the network device and the terminal device determine the modulation order A' based on the MCS set indicated by the above process.
  • the terminal device #A may also determine the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #A'.
  • RB number #A' it is recorded as: RB number #A'.
  • the terminal device #A can search for the TBS corresponding to the parameter set to which the RB number #A' and the MCS index #A belong based on the MCS index #A and the number of RBs #A' (hereinafter, for convenience) Understanding and explanation, recorded as TBS#A').
  • the terminal device #A can transmit the uplink channel #A to the network device #A via the time-frequency resource #A' based on the TBS #A'.
  • the uplink channel #A carries information for channel coding of the TB of the TBS #A'.
  • the terminal device #A may also transmit the indication information of the TBS #A' to the network device #A, so that the network device #A can determine the TBS #A', and based on the TBS #A', the passer The signal received by the frequency band #A is parsed to obtain the uplink channel #A, wherein the process can be similar to the method and process for the prior art communication device (network device or terminal device) to parse the signal based on the TBS to obtain the data.
  • the process can be similar to the method and process for the prior art communication device (network device or terminal device) to parse the signal based on the TBS to obtain the data.
  • the modulation order used may be the above-mentioned modulation order #A, or may be determined based on TBS#A'.
  • the modulation order different from the modulation order #A is not particularly limited in the present invention.
  • the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the first or first few subframes (or TTIs) of the multiple subframes (or TTIs) using TBS#A', and the rest includes at least the last subframe (or TTI).
  • the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the last or last subframe (or TTI) of the multiple subframes (or TTI) to use TBS#A, and the rest includes the At least 1 subframe (or TTI) of one subframe (or TTI) uses TBS#A'.
  • the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the first or first subframe (or TTI) of the multiple subframes (or TTIs) to use TBS#A, and the rest includes at least the last subframe (or TTI). 1 subframe (or TTI) uses TBS#A'; or the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the last or last subframe (or TTI) of the multiple subframes (or TTI) using TBS#A', the rest At least 1 subframe (or TTI) including the first subframe (or TTI) uses TBS#A.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to use TBS#A or TBS#A' through physical layer signaling.
  • the terminal device #A can transmit the uplink channel #A through the time-frequency resource #A' in a rate matching manner.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A on the time-frequency resource #A' according to the TBS#A and the modulation order #A, wherein the TBS#A and the modulation order #A are based on the scheduling information #A definite.
  • the terminal device #A encodes the transport block #A according to the TBS#A, and obtains the encoded uplink data packet #A, wherein the encoding process may include adding a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC).
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • the process, the coding, the interleaving, the rate matching, and the like may be similar to the method and process for encoding a communication device (network device or terminal device) in the prior art.
  • the terminal device #A modulates the encoded uplink packet #A according to the modulation order #A, and maps the modulated symbol to the time-frequency resource #A' in the order of the pre-frequency or the first-order post-frequency. Therefore, the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A through the time-frequency resource #A', wherein the uplink channel #A is used to carry the uplink packet #A.
  • the number of resources included in the time-frequency resource #A' that the terminal device #A can actually use is smaller than the number of resources included in the time-frequency resource #A indicated by the scheduling information #A, and the terminal device #A uses the information according to the scheduling information#
  • the code rate of data transmission increases due to the reduction of available resources, and when the code rate is greater than a preset value (for example, 0.931), the data Transmission performance is greatly affected.
  • terminal device #A optionally transmits uplink channel #A on time-frequency resource #A' according to TBS#A and modulation order #A', where modulation order #A' It can be determined according to any one of the modes 1, or the modulation order #A' is larger than the modulation order #A.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A on the time-frequency resource #A' according to the TBS #A' and the modulation order #A, wherein the TBS#A' may be in any one of the modes 2 It is determined that the modulation order #A is determined based on the scheduling information #A.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A on the time-frequency resource #A' according to the TBS #A' and the modulation order #A', wherein the TBS#A' may be according to any one of the modes 2
  • the mode determines that the modulation order #A' can be determined according to any one of the modes 1, or the modulation order #A' is greater than the modulation order #A.
  • the terminal device #A can transmit the uplink channel #A through the time-frequency resource #A' in the above rate matching manner, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device #A may transmit the uplink channel #A through the time-frequency resource #A' by using data puncturing.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A on the time-frequency resource #A' according to the TBS#A and the modulation order #A, wherein the TBS#A and the modulation order #A are based on the scheduling information #A definite. Specifically, the terminal device #A encodes the transport block #A according to TBS#A to obtain the encoded uplink packet #A.
  • the terminal device #A modulates the encoded uplink data packet #A according to the modulation order #A, and maps the modulated symbol to the time-frequency resource #A' to obtain the second uplink data, wherein the second uplink data is The portion of the first uplink data corresponding to the time-frequency resource #A', the first uplink data is data obtained by mapping the modulated symbol to the time-frequency resource #A in the order of the pre-frequency or the time-frequency. Therefore, the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A through the time-frequency resource #A', wherein the uplink channel #A is used to carry the second uplink data.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A on the time-frequency resource #A' according to the TBS#A and the modulation order #A', wherein the modulation order #A' may be according to any one of the modes 1.
  • the mode is determined, or the modulation order #A' is greater than the modulation order #A.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A on the time-frequency resource #A' according to the TBS #A' and the modulation order #A, wherein the TBS#A' may be in any one of the modes 2 It is determined that the modulation order #A is determined based on the scheduling information #A.
  • the terminal device #A transmits the uplink channel #A on the time-frequency resource #A' according to the TBS #A' and the modulation order #A', wherein the TBS#A' may be according to any one of the modes 2
  • the mode determines that the modulation order #A' can be determined according to any one of the modes 1, or the modulation order #A' is greater than the modulation order #A.
  • the terminal device #A can transmit the uplink channel #A through the time-frequency resource #A' by using the data puncturing, and details are not described herein again.
  • the scheduling information #A schedules the transport block #A determined according to the TBS#A transmitted on the time-frequency resource #A to include a plurality of (for example, at least two) coding blocks
  • the transmission is performed.
  • the block #A is encoded and modulated and mapped to the time-frequency resource #A
  • one of the plurality of sub-bands to which the time-frequency resource #A belongs may be mapped and modulated by one code block in the transport block #A.
  • one or more coding blocks may be transmitted on one sub-band, which is not limited in the present invention.
  • the terminal device #A After the terminal device #A determines the available time-frequency resource #A' by channel detection, the terminal device #A can transmit the uplink channel #A through the time-frequency resource #A' by the above-described data puncturing. This is mainly because a coded block can have independent CRC check information so that it can be independently decoded.
  • the terminal device performs uplink channel transmission in the above manner, so that the coded block transmitted by the time-frequency resource #A' can be correctly decoded, so that only the coded block that cannot be transmitted through the time-frequency resource #A' needs to be transmitted during retransmission. Improve the transmission efficiency of the system.
  • the network device #A can also determine the time-frequency resource #A' at that time.
  • the uplink channel is received on the frequency resource #A'.
  • the time-frequency resource #A' may be determined based on at least one of the following methods a to c.
  • the terminal device #A may transmit the information #1 to the network device #A (that is, an example of the first indication information).
  • the information #1 may be used to indicate the size of the sub-band #A (or the number of sub-bands included in the sub-band #A), and the position of the sub-band #A (specifically, It is the position of each sub-band included in sub-band #A).
  • the information #1 may be used to indicate a sub-band other than the sub-band #A in the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A (hereinafter, referred to as sub-band #A' for ease of understanding and distinction)
  • the size (or the number of sub-bands included in sub-band #A'), and the position of sub-band #A' (specifically, the position of each sub-band included in sub-band #A').
  • the network device #A can determine the sub-band #A, and further, the network device #A can determine the time-frequency resource #A' from the sub-band #A based on the position of the time-frequency resource #A in each sub-band.
  • the information #1 may indicate the time-frequency resource #A' (for example, the size of the time-frequency resource #A' and the position of the time-frequency resource #A' in the time-frequency resource #A) .
  • the network device #A can directly determine the time-frequency resource #A' based on the information #1.
  • the network device #A can receive the data transmitted by the terminal device #A only on the sub-band #A, and can reduce the processing load of the network device.
  • the method and process for the network device #A to receive data through a resource may be similar to the prior art, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted herein to avoid redundancy.
  • the terminal device #A may transmit the information #1 to the network device #A through the sub-band #A.
  • the terminal device #A can send both the information #1 and the uplink channel #A to the network device #A via the sub-band #A.
  • sending with the channel may mean that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the sub-band #A may correspond to a plurality of time-frequency resource units (Resouce Elements, RE), and the terminal device #A may be given to multiple REs. A part of the REs transmits the uplink channel #A, and the terminal device #A can transmit the information #1 to another part of the plurality of REs.
  • RE time-frequency resource units
  • the resources used by the terminal device #A to be sent to the network device #A to the information #1 are merely exemplary.
  • the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the communication system may also be configured with Reserving resources, the reserved resources are forbidden for data transmission, or the reserved resources may be used only for signaling transmission of the network device and the terminal device, so that the terminal device #A can pass through the reserved resources. Some or all of the resources send information #1 to network device #A.
  • the foregoing reserved resources may be included in each sub-band, and thus, in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device #A may be occupied by each of the time-frequency resources #A'
  • the reserved resource in the band ie, subband #A
  • the third time-frequency resource transmits the information #1 to the network device #A.
  • the location of the reserved resource in each sub-band may be specified by the communication system, or the location of the reserved resource in each sub-band may be indicated by the network device to the terminal by, for example, RRC signaling
  • the location of the device, or the reserved resource in each sub-band may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device by using scheduling information (for example, the above-mentioned scheduling information #A).
  • the size of the reserved resource may be specified by the communication system, or the size of the reserved resource may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device by, for example, RRC signaling, or the reserved resource
  • the size may be determined according to a time-frequency resource (for example, time-frequency resource #A) indicated by scheduling information (for example, the above-mentioned scheduling information #A) sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device may transmit the information #1 to the network device in the uplink control channel.
  • the terminal device may transmit the information #1 to the network device in the form of bits or encoded bits.
  • the terminal device may send the information #1 to the reference signal and send it to the network device.
  • the information #1 may also be a preamble or sequence that the network device and the terminal device can recognize.
  • the specific form of the information #1 ie, the first indication information listed above is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto. Others can enable the information #1 to complete the time-frequency resource indicating that the terminal device competes.
  • the functional information forms are all within the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the terminal device can also send the information #1 to the network device.
  • the terminal device #A can transmit the uplink channel #A and the reference signal #A through the subband #A.
  • each subband in subband #A carries a portion of uplink channel #A and reference signal #A.
  • the network device #A can determine, by detecting the reference signal #A, the frequency domain resource in the time-frequency resource #A that carries the uplink data (that is, the uplink channel #A) sent by the terminal device #A, that is, Subband #A.
  • the network device #A determines the sub-band #A by detecting the reference signal #A, including: the network device detects each sub-band in the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A, and determines whether the sub-band carries There is a reference signal, and the sub-band carrying the reference signal is determined as the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A', that is, the sub-band #A.
  • the network device #A can analyze the data transmitted by the terminal device #A only on the sub-band #A, and can reduce the processing load of the network device.
  • the method and process for the network device #A to parse data based on the reference signal may be similar to the prior art, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted herein to avoid redundancy.
  • the terminal device #A may determine information for indicating the sub-band #A in the P pieces of information #A (hereinafter, for ease of understanding) It is described as: information #A_1), and the terminal device #A can report the indication information of the information #A_1 (that is, an example of the first indication information) to the network device #A, whereby the network device #A can be based on the information.
  • the indication information of #A_1 determines that the terminal device #A transmits the uplink data using the frequency domain resource indicated by the information #A_1 (or the sub-band to which the indication information frequency domain resource of the information #A_1 belongs).
  • the information #A_1 may be carried in the reserved resources described in method a.
  • Fig. 3 shows a pattern of the time-frequency resource #A' to which the terminal device #A actually competes in the time-frequency resource #A assigned to the terminal device #A by the network device #A.
  • the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A' is a partial sub-band in a sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #A, and the reserved resource may be configured in each sub-band.
  • the reserved resource may carry indication information indicating that the sub-band is contented by the terminal device (ie, an example of the first indication information).
  • a method for transmitting an uplink channel by dividing a system frequency domain resource used based on a contention mechanism into a plurality of sub-bands, and after determining, by the terminal device, the first uplink time-frequency resource allocated by the network device, Before performing the uplink transmission, detecting the at least two sub-bands included in the first uplink time-frequency resource, so that the terminal device determines, from the at least two sub-bands, the second uplink time-frequency resource that the terminal device can use, and passes the The second uplink time-frequency resource performs the uplink channel transmission, that is, the terminal device does not need to be able to use the resources in the entire bandwidth range of the first uplink time-frequency resource, as compared with the prior art.
  • the first uplink time-frequency resource performs wireless communication, so that the terminal device can use the first uplink time-frequency resource (specifically, part of the sub-band in the first uplink time-frequency resource) to perform wireless communication, Improve communication efficiency, reduce service transmission delay, and improve user experience.
  • the method 300 for transmitting a downlink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail below with reference to FIG.
  • the downlink channel #B is transmitted between the network device #B (that is, an example of the network device) and the terminal device #B (that is, an example of the terminal device) (that is, an example of the first downlink channel). the process of.
  • network device #B may allocate time-frequency resources for downlink transmission (e.g., transmission including the downlink channel #B) to terminal device #B from the system frequency domain resources.
  • time-frequency resources for downlink transmission e.g., transmission including the downlink channel #B
  • the time-frequency resource #B of the plurality of time-frequency resources (that is, an example of the first downlink time-frequency resource) is allocated by the network device #B for carrying the downlink channel. #B.
  • the network device #B may schedule multiple downlink channels for the terminal device #B, or the network device #B may allocate the time-frequency resource #B for the terminal device #B. Multiple time-frequency resources within, wherein each time-frequency resource can carry one downlink channel.
  • the processing procedure based on the time-frequency resource #B will be described as an example.
  • the method and the process for determining the time-frequency resource #B by the network device may be the same as the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the network device #B may indicate that the terminal device #B can pass the time-frequency resource by using one or more control information #B (ie, an example of the first control information, for example, downlink control information). #B performs downlink transmission.
  • control information #B ie, an example of the first control information, for example, downlink control information.
  • the usage manner of the time-frequency resource #B may be a scheduling-based manner or a scheduling-free manner, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the time-frequency resource #B can be used in a scheduling manner
  • the time-frequency resource #B can be allocated by the network device #B to the terminal device #B after determining that the terminal device #B needs to perform downlink transmission.
  • the information #B may be that the network device #B transmits to the terminal device #B after determining that the terminal device #B needs to perform downlink transmission.
  • control information #B and the downlink data channel may be carried in the same subframe or TTI.
  • the time-frequency resource #B can be used in a scheduling-free manner
  • the time-frequency resource #B can be the network device #B
  • the terminal device #B is allocated to the terminal device #B before determining that the terminal device #B needs to perform downlink transmission.
  • the information #B may be the network device #B sent to the terminal device #B before determining that the terminal device #B needs to perform downlink transmission.
  • control information #B may indicate the size of the time-frequency resource #B, for example, the control information #B may indicate the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #B, For ease of understanding and explanation, it is recorded as: RB number #B.
  • control information #B may indicate the size (or bandwidth) of the frequency domain resource corresponding to the time-frequency resource #B.
  • the control information #B may indicate the number of sub-carriers included in the time-frequency resource #B.
  • control information #B may indicate the size of the time domain resource corresponding to the time-frequency resource #B.
  • control information #B may indicate the number of symbols included in the time-frequency resource #B.
  • control information #B may also indicate the location of the time-frequency resource #B in the system frequency domain resource.
  • control information #B may further indicate an index of the MCS used by the terminal device to perform downlink transmission using the time-frequency resource #B. For ease of understanding and description, it is recorded as: MCS index #B.
  • control information #B function (or the content of the indication) is only an exemplary description, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the control information #B function can be used to indicate downlink transmission in the prior art.
  • the function of the related parameter for example, the downlink control information or the resource control information
  • the control information #B may also be the information used in the prior art to indicate the relevant parameters used by the terminal device for downlink transmission. .
  • the time-frequency resource #B occupies at least two (ie, M) sub-bands in the frequency domain. In the embodiment of the present invention, the time-frequency resource #B occupies at least two (ie, M) sub-bands in the frequency domain, or the RBs included in the time-frequency resource #B are located in the frequency domain at least two sub-bands. Or, the subcarriers included in the time-frequency resource #B are located in at least two sub-bands in the frequency domain.
  • the time-frequency resource #B occupies at least two (ie, M) sub-bands in the frequency domain may refer to: the frequency-domain resource distribution corresponding to the time-frequency resource #B In M subbands.
  • multiple frequency domain resources may be included in each sub-band.
  • the time-frequency resource #B may include multiple frequency domain resources.
  • the plurality of frequency domain resources in the time-frequency resource #B are composed of frequency domain resources on each of the M sub-bands.
  • time-frequency resource #B may include some of the frequency domain resources in each of the M sub-bands.
  • the time-frequency resource #B may include all frequency domain resources in each of the M sub-bands.
  • the frequency domain resource included in the sub-band m of the M sub-bands included in the time-frequency resource #B may be part of the frequency-domain resource in the sub-band m, m ⁇ [1, M].
  • the frequency domain resource included in the sub-band m of the M sub-bands included in the time-frequency resource #B may be all frequency-domain resources in the sub-band m, m ⁇ [1, M].
  • the time-frequency resource #B occupies at least two sub-bands, which may mean that the time-frequency resource #B occupies all resources in at least two sub-bands.
  • the time-frequency resource #B occupies at least two sub-bands, which may also mean that the time-frequency resource #A occupies a part of resources in at least two sub-bands. .
  • control information #B may be one (ie, case A), or the control information #B may be multiple (ie, case B), and below, respectively, in the above two cases.
  • the specific transmission process is described in detail.
  • the terminal device #B can be instructed by the control information #B to perform downlink channel transmission (for example, transmitting PDSCH) through the time-frequency resource #B.
  • downlink channel transmission for example, transmitting PDSCH
  • control information #B may be resource allocation information.
  • control information #B may also be used to indicate the size and location of the time-frequency resource #B.
  • control information #B may be control information that triggers the terminal device #B to perform downlink transmission by using the time-frequency resource #B.
  • the network device #B may notify the terminal device #B of the size and location of the time-frequency resource #B in advance through the resource allocation information.
  • control information #B may also indicate a transmission parameter used when data is transmitted through the time-frequency resource #B.
  • the transmission parameters may include, but are not limited to:
  • the MCS index used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource #B, the transport block size TBS used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource #B, and the modulation order used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource #B are passing Time-frequency resource #B
  • the code rate used when transmitting data, the redundancy version used when transmitting data by time-frequency resource #B, the antenna port used when transmitting data by time-frequency resource #B, and the time-frequency resource used # B Precoding matrix index used when transmitting data, etc.
  • network device #B may send P (at least two) control information #B to terminal device #B.
  • the time-frequency resources indicated by each of the control information #B in the P control information #B constitute the time-frequency resource #B, or the time indicated by each of the P control information #B
  • the sub-band occupied by the frequency resource in the frequency domain constitutes the sub-band occupied by (or in) the time-frequency resource #B in the frequency domain, P ⁇ 2.
  • the time-frequency resources indicated by any two of the P control information #B may not overlap each other in the frequency domain, that is, the time-frequency resource #B is in the frequency.
  • the domain may be divided into P parts, and each of the P pieces of control information #B indicates one of the P parts.
  • the time-frequency resources indicated by the P control information #B may have a nested structure in the frequency domain.
  • one of the P control information #B may indicate a time-frequency resource. All of B (or all subbands occupied by time-frequency resource #B), another information in the P control information #B may indicate a portion of time-frequency resource #B (or time-frequency resource #B) Part of the sub-band occupied).
  • the control information #Bi in the P control information #B is the time-frequency resource i
  • the control information #Bi may also indicate that the time-frequency is passed.
  • the transmission parameters may include, but are not limited to:
  • the MCS index used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource i The MCS index used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource i, the transport block size used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource i, the modulation order used when transmitting data by the time-frequency resource i, and the time-frequency resource i
  • the bandwidth of the time-frequency resource #B is 80 MHz, and the time-frequency resource #B includes four sub-bands (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, it is recorded as: sub-band # 1 to subband #4), the bandwidth of each subband is 20 MHz.
  • the network device #B can determine the time-frequency resource #B for carrying the downlink channel #B. Specifically, the network device #B can determine the size of the time-frequency resource #B in the frequency domain (or , bandwidth) and location, and the number and location of subbands occupied by the time-frequency resource #B.
  • the network device #B and the time-frequency resource #B may be detected (or Said, competition or monitoring) to determine the sub-bands that can be used in the sub-band #1 to sub-band #4.
  • the "detection" may include Clear Channel Bssessment, or the “detection” may include an LBT.
  • the network device #B may perform detection in units of sub-bands, that is, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device #B may detect whether a sub-band is available.
  • the network device #B may perform detection in units of a plurality of (at least two) sub-bands.
  • the network device #B may perform detection in units of single carrier bandwidth of the system.
  • the network device #B may perform the foregoing detection (or competition or monitoring) based on the LBT mode, and the process may be similar to the prior art.
  • the process may be similar to the prior art.
  • the detailed description is omitted.
  • the network device #B can determine from the time-frequency resource #B (specifically, the sub-band included in the time-frequency resource #B, for example, the above-mentioned sub-band #1 to sub-band #4)
  • the time-frequency resource allocated to the terminal device #B that is, an example of the second downlink time-frequency resource, hereinafter, referred to as time-frequency resource #B') for ease of understanding and differentiation.
  • the network device #B can determine the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B' (ie, hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, denoted as sub-band #B), wherein the sub-band #B can be one
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the time-frequency resource #B' may be all frequency domain resources in the sub-band #B, or the time-frequency resource #B'
  • the corresponding frequency domain resource may also be part of the frequency domain resource in the sub-band #B, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the time-frequency resource #B' may be a time-frequency resource that is successfully LBT in the time-frequency resource #B.
  • the time-frequency resource #B' may be part of the time-frequency resources of the LBT successfully in the time-frequency resource #B, or the time-frequency resource #B' may also be the time-frequency resource #B. All time-frequency resources in the successful time-frequency resources of the LBT are not particularly limited in the present invention.
  • the sub-band #B may be a sub-band in which the LBT succeeds in the M sub-bands.
  • the sub-band #B may be a partial sub-band in a sub-band in which the LBT succeeds in the M sub-bands, or the sub-band #B may be in a sub-band in which the LBT succeeds in the M sub-bands. All subbands.
  • the network device #B may set the time-frequency resource #1 (ie, time The sub-band to which the frequency resource #B' belongs is referred to as sub-band #B, wherein the contention processing (for example, LBT) performed by the network device #B on the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #1 is successful, and
  • the time-frequency resource #1 is indicated by one of the P pieces of control information #B (that is, an example of the Q pieces of control information).
  • the network device #B may set the time-frequency resource #2 (ie, The other sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B' is the sub-band #B, wherein the network device #B successfully performs the contention processing (for example, LBT) on the sub-band to which the time-frequency resource #2 belongs.
  • the contention processing for example, LBT
  • the time-frequency resource #2 includes a plurality of parts respectively indicated by a plurality of pieces of information in the P pieces of control information #B (ie, another example of the Q pieces of control information), for example, the plurality of The part and the plurality of control information in the P control information #B may have a one-to-one correspondence, and each part is indicated by the corresponding control information.
  • network device #B may transmit downlink channel #B to terminal device #B through time-frequency resource #B' on sub-band #B.
  • Transport Block Size (TBS) used when transmitting the downlink channel #B will be described.
  • a mapping relationship table (for example, an MCS table) may also be stored in the network device #B, where the mapping relationship table may be used to indicate between multiple parameter sets and multiple TBSs.
  • the mapping relationship wherein each parameter set includes an RB number value and an MCS index.
  • control information #B can also be used to indicate the number of RBs #B (for example, the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #B) and the MCS index #B.
  • the network device #B may search for the TBS corresponding to the RB number #B and the MCS index #B from the mapping relationship table based on the RB number #B and the MCS index #B (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and Description, recorded as TBS#B).
  • the TBS #B may be a TBS allocated by the network device #B to the terminal device #B for downlink transmission (for example, transmission of the downlink channel #B) on the time-frequency resource #B.
  • the downlink channel #B carries information that is channel-encoded for the TB of the TBS#B.
  • the terminal device #B and the network device #B may use the TBS #B (ie, an example of the first TBS) to transmit the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B' (ie, mode a)
  • the terminal device #B and the network device #B may use the TBS #B' (ie, an example of the second TBS) to transmit the downlink channel #B (ie, mode b) on the time-frequency resource #B', below
  • the network device #B may use the sub-band #B (specifically, the time-frequency resource #B' in the sub-band #B) to the terminal device based on the TBS#B.
  • B sends downlink channel #B.
  • the network device #B may determine the modulation order corresponding to the MCS index #B based on the MCS index #B.
  • the modulation order #B ie, the first downlink modulation order
  • An example the modulation order #B (ie, the first downlink modulation order) An example).
  • the network device #B can transmit the downlink channel #B to the terminal device #B through the sub-band #B based on the TBS#B and the modulation order #B.
  • the process may be similar to the method and process for transmitting data based on the TBS and the MCS by the prior art communication device (network device or terminal device). Here, in order to avoid redundancy, detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the network device #B may pass the sub-band #B (specifically, the time-frequency resource #B' in the sub-band #B) to the terminal device #B based on the TBS#B and the modulation order #B'. Send downlink channel #B.
  • the modulation order #B is different from the modulation order #B'.
  • the modulation order #B' may be greater than the modulation order #B.
  • the modulation order #B may be determined by network device #B.
  • the network device #B can determine the modulation order #B based on the time-frequency resource #B'.
  • the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #B' (hereinafter, for ease of understanding and explanation, denoted as: number of RBs #B') is smaller than the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #B.
  • the network device #B can increase the modulation order for the downlink channel #B (ie, Modulation order #B'), so that the network device #B transmits the downlink channel #B through the time-frequency resource #B' according to the modulation order #B', and the code rate used is lower than the network device #B according to the modulation order #B The code rate used when the downlink channel #B is transmitted by the time-frequency resource #B'.
  • the network device #B may also send the indication information of the modulation order #B' to the terminal device #B (for example, the indication information of the MCS index corresponding to the modulation order #B), thereby, the network terminal device #B can determine the modulation order #B', and based on the modulation order #B' and the TBS#B, parse the signal received by the time-frequency resource #B' to obtain the downlink channel #B, where
  • the process may be similar to the method and process for the prior art communication device (network device or terminal device) to parse the signal based on the TBS and the modulation order to obtain the data.
  • the network device or terminal device in order to avoid redundancy, detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the modulation order #B' may also be specified by the communication system.
  • the communication system may specify a modulation order #X, which is: when the communication device (for example, a network device or a terminal device) actually uses the time-frequency resource The modulation order used by the communication device to communicate based on the actually used time-frequency resource when part of the time-frequency resource in the pre-scheduled time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device #B or the network device #B can use the above-described modulation order #X as the modulation order #B'.
  • the modulation order #B' may also be instructed by the network device in advance.
  • the network device may indicate the modulation order #X to the terminal device by using, for example, RRC signaling or the like, the modulation order #X is: when the communication device (for example, the network device) Or the time-frequency resource actually used by the terminal device is a partial time-frequency resource in the pre-scheduled time-frequency resource, and the modulation order used by the communication device to communicate based on the actually used time-frequency resource, thereby, the terminal device #B Or the network device #B can use the above modulation order #X as the modulation order #B'.
  • the modulation order #B' may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device by using the control information #B.
  • the network device may expect that the terminal device or the terminal device may not be able to compete for all the scheduled time-frequency resources.
  • the network device The modulation order #X may be determined in advance, when the time-frequency resource actually used by the communication device (for example, the network device or the terminal device) is part of the time-frequency resource in the pre-scheduled time-frequency resource, The modulation order used by the communication device to communicate based on the actually used time-frequency resource.
  • the network device can simultaneously indicate the modulation order #X when the time-frequency resource is allocated to the terminal device by using, for example, control information or the like.
  • the terminal device #B or the network device #B can use the above-described modulation order #X as the modulation order #B'.
  • the network device or the communication system may pre-specify a plurality of (eg, two) MCS sets (or MCS configuration sets), wherein each MCS set includes at least one MCS index.
  • an MCS set may be a corresponding relationship entry, and the corresponding relationship entry may be used to indicate a modulation order corresponding to each MCS index included in the MCS set.
  • the network device or the terminal device may select one of the plurality of MCS sets as the MCS set used when transmitting the uplink channel by the time-frequency resource #B'.
  • the plurality of MCS sets have a corresponding relationship with a plurality of resource sizes (or a plurality of sub-bands). Therefore, the network device and the terminal device may determine, according to the foregoing correspondence, the MCS set corresponding to the size of the time-frequency resource #B′ (or the number of sub-bands occupied by the time-frequency resource #B′) (hereinafter, for ease of understanding) And distinguishing, denoted as: MCS set #0), whereby the network device and the terminal device can modulate the currently used MCS index indicated by the MCS set #0 (for example, the MCS index indicated by the network device to the terminal device) The order is used as the modulation order #B'.
  • the network device or the communication system may pre-define at least two MCS sets, where the first MCS set in the at least two MCS sets competes in the network device to allocate the network device to the terminal.
  • the MCS set used in all subbands of the device, the second MCS set in the at least two MCS sets is a set of MCS used when the network device contends to a part of the subband allocated to the terminal device, thereby, the network device and the terminal device
  • the content of the sub-band allocated to the network device by the terminal device may be determined (for example, whether the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B′ is all (or part) of the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B)
  • the MCS set used when determining the modulation order #B' (or the MCS set used when the uplink channel is transmitted by the time-frequency resource #B'), and further, the network device and the terminal device can determine based on the determined MCS set.
  • Modulation order B' For example, when the network device contends to all subbands in the subband allocated by the network device to the terminal device, the terminal device and the network device may determine the modulation order #B' using the first MCS set; when the network device competes for the network When the device allocates a portion of the sub-bands in the sub-band of the terminal device, the terminal device and the network device can determine the modulation order #B' using the second MCS set.
  • each TTI may correspond to one MCS set, so that the network device and the terminal device may determine the MCS set corresponding to the TTI to which the time-frequency resource #B′ belongs, and further, the network.
  • the device and the terminal device determine the modulation order B' based on the set of MCS determined by the above process.
  • the network device #B and the terminal device #B perform downlink transmission of multiple subframes (or TTIs)
  • different MCS sets may be adopted for different subframes (or TTIs).
  • the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the first or first few subframes (or TTIs) of the multiple subframes (or TTIs) to use the first MCS set, and the rest includes at least the last one subframe (or TTI) 1 subframe (or TTI) uses a second MCS set; or the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the first or first few subframes (or TTIs) of the multiple subframes (or TTIs) to use the second MCS set, and the rest
  • the first MCS set is used by at least 1 subframe (or TTI) including the last 1 subframe (or TTI).
  • the network device can indicate (for example, by scheduling information or downlink control information, etc.) the MCS set used by the terminal device when determining the modulation order #B' (or when the uplink channel is transmitted by the time-frequency resource #B') The MCS set), whereby the network device and the terminal device determine the modulation order B' based on the MCS set indicated by the above process.
  • the network device #B may also determine the number of RBs included in the time-frequency resource #B'.
  • RB number #B' it is recorded as: RB number #B'.
  • the network device #B can search for the TBS corresponding to the parameter set to which the RB number #B' and the MCS index #B belong based on the MCS index #B and the number of RBs #B' (hereinafter, for convenience) Understanding and explanation, recorded as TBS#B').
  • the network device #B can transmit the downlink channel #B to the terminal device #B via the time-frequency resource #B' based on the TBS#B'.
  • the downlink channel #B carries information for channel coding of the TB of the TBS #B'.
  • the network device #B may also transmit the indication information of the TBS#B' to the terminal device #B, so that the terminal device #B can determine the TBS#B', and based on the TBS#B', the passer The signal received by the frequency band #B is parsed to obtain the downlink channel #B, wherein the process can be similar to the method and process for the prior art communication device (network device or terminal device) to parse the signal based on the TBS to obtain the data.
  • the process can be similar to the method and process for the prior art communication device (network device or terminal device) to parse the signal based on the TBS to obtain the data.
  • the modulation order used may be the above-mentioned modulation order #B, or may be determined based on TBS#B'.
  • the modulation order different from the modulation order #B is not particularly limited in the present invention.
  • the network device #B when the network device #B performs downlink transmission of multiple subframes (or TTIs), different TBSs may be used for different subframes (or TTIs).
  • the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the first or first few subframes (or TTIs) of the multiple subframes (or TTIs) to use TBS#B', and the rest includes at least the last subframe (or TTI).
  • the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the last or last subframe (or TTI) of the multiple subframes (or TTI) to use TBS#B, and the rest includes the At least 1 subframe (or TTI) of one subframe (or TTI) uses TBS#B'.
  • the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the first or first subframes (or TTIs) of the multiple subframes (or TTIs) to use TBS#B, and the rest includes at least the last subframe (or TTI). 1 subframe (or TTI) uses TBS#B'; or the network device pre-defines or pre-configures the last or last subframe (or TTI) of the multiple subframes (or TTI) using TBS#B', the rest At least 1 subframe (or TTI) including the first subframe (or TTI) uses TBS#B.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to use TBS#B or TBS#B' through physical layer signaling.
  • the network device #B may transmit the downlink channel #B through the time-frequency resource #B' in a rate matching manner.
  • the network device #B transmits the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B' according to the TBS#B and the modulation order #B, wherein the TBS#B and the modulation order #B are based on the control information #B definite.
  • the network device #B encodes the transport block #B according to the TBS#B, and obtains the encoded uplink data packet #B, where the encoding process may include adding CRC, encoding, interleaving, and rate matching.
  • the process may be similar to the method and process of encoding a communication device (network device or terminal device) in the prior art. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the network device #B modulates the encoded downlink data packet #B according to the modulation order #B, and maps the modulated symbols to the time-frequency resource #B' in the order of the pre-frequency or the first-order post-frequency.
  • the network device #B transmits the downlink channel #B through the time-frequency resource #B', wherein the downlink channel #B is used to carry the downlink data packet #B.
  • the number of resources included in the time-frequency resource #B' that the network device #B can actually use is smaller than the number of resources included in the time-frequency resource #B indicated by the control information #B, when the network device #B is used according to the control information #
  • the code rate of data transmission increases due to the reduction of available resources, and when the code rate is greater than a preset value (for example, 0.931), the data Transmission performance is greatly affected.
  • the network device #B transmits the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B' according to the TBS#B and the modulation order #B', wherein the modulation order #B' It can be determined according to any of the modes a, or the modulation order #B is larger than the modulation order #B.
  • the network device #B sends the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B according to the TBS#B′ and the modulation order #B, where the TBS#B′ can be determined according to any one of the modes b.
  • the modulation order #B is determined based on the control information #B.
  • the network device #B sends the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B' according to the TBS#B' and the modulation order #B', wherein the TBS#B' may be according to any one of the modes b
  • the mode determines that the modulation order #B' can be determined according to any one of the modes a, or the modulation order #B' is greater than the modulation order #B.
  • the network device #B can transmit the downlink channel #B through the time-frequency resource #B' in the above rate matching manner, and details are not described herein again.
  • the network device #B can transmit the downlink channel #B through the time-frequency resource #B' by using data puncturing.
  • the network device #B transmits the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B' according to the TBS#B and the modulation order #B, wherein the TBS#B and the modulation order #B are based on the control information #B definite. Specifically, the network device #B encodes the transport block #B according to the TBS#B to obtain the encoded downlink data packet #B.
  • the network device #B modulates the encoded downlink data packet #B according to the modulation order #B, and maps the modulated symbol to the time-frequency resource #B' to obtain the second downlink data, wherein the second downlink data is The portion of the first downlink data corresponding to the time-frequency resource #B', the first downlink data is the data obtained by mapping the modulated symbol to the time-frequency resource #B in the order of the pre-frequency or the first-order post-frequency. .
  • the network device #B transmits the downlink channel #B through the time-frequency resource #B', wherein the downlink channel #B is used to carry the second downlink data.
  • the network device #B transmits the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B' according to the TBS#B and the modulation order #B', wherein the modulation order #B' may be according to any one of the modes a.
  • the mode is determined, or the modulation order #B' is greater than the modulation order #B.
  • the network device #B sends the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B' according to the TBS#B' and the modulation order #B, wherein the TBS#B' may be in any one of the modes b. It is determined that the modulation order #B is determined based on the control information #B.
  • the network device #B sends the downlink channel #B on the time-frequency resource #B' according to the TBS#B' and the modulation order #B', wherein the TBS#B' may be according to any one of the modes b
  • the mode determines that the modulation order #B' can be determined according to any one of the modes a, or the modulation order #B' is greater than the modulation order #B.
  • the network device #B can transmit the downlink channel #B through the time-frequency resource #B' by using the above-mentioned data puncturing, and details are not described herein again.
  • the transmission is performed.
  • the block #B is encoded and modulated and mapped to the time-frequency resource #B
  • one of the plurality of sub-bands to which the time-frequency resource #B belongs may be mapped and modulated by one code block in the transport block #B.
  • one or more coding blocks may be transmitted on one sub-band, which is not limited in the present invention.
  • the network device #B After the network device #B determines the available time-frequency resource #B' by channel detection, the network device #B can transmit the downlink channel #B through the time-frequency resource #B' by the above-described data puncturing. This is mainly because a coded block can have independent CRC check information so that it can be independently decoded.
  • the network device performs downlink channel transmission in the above manner, so that the coded block transmitted by the time-frequency resource #B' can be correctly decoded, so that only the coded block that cannot be transmitted through the time-frequency resource #B' needs to be transmitted during retransmission. Improve the transmission efficiency of the system.
  • the network device #B can also determine the time-frequency resource #B' at that time.
  • the downlink channel is received on the frequency resource #B'.
  • the time-frequency resource #B' may be determined based on at least one of the following methods 1-3.
  • the network device #B may transmit the control information #C (ie, an example of the second control information) to the terminal device #B.
  • control information #C ie, an example of the second control information
  • control information #C may be used to indicate the size of the sub-band #B (or the number of sub-bands included in the sub-band #B), and the position of the sub-band #B (specifically, It is the position of each sub-band included in sub-band #B).
  • control information #C may be used to indicate a sub-band other than the sub-band #B in the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B (hereinafter, referred to as sub-band #B' for ease of understanding and distinction)
  • sub-band #B' for ease of understanding and distinction
  • the size (or the number of sub-bands included in sub-band #B') and the position of sub-band #B' (specifically, the position of each sub-band included in sub-band #B').
  • the terminal device #B can determine the sub-band #B, and further, the terminal device #B can determine the time-frequency resource #B' from the sub-band #B based on the position of the time-frequency resource #B in each sub-band.
  • control information #C may indicate the time-frequency resource #B' (for example, the size of the time-frequency resource #B' and the location of the time-frequency resource #B' in the time-frequency resource #B ).
  • the terminal device #B can directly determine the time-frequency resource #B' based on the control information #C.
  • the terminal device #B can receive the data transmitted by the network device #B only on the sub-band #B, and can reduce the processing load of the network device.
  • the method and process of receiving data by the terminal device #B may be similar to the prior art, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted herein to avoid redundancy.
  • the network device #B may transmit the control information #C to the terminal device #B through the sub-band #B.
  • the network device #B can send both the control information #C and the downlink channel #B to the terminal device #B via the sub-band #B.
  • sending with the channel may mean that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the sub-band #B may correspond to multiple REs, and the network device #B may send the downlink channel #B to a part of the plurality of REs, and The network device #B can transmit the control information #C to another part of the plurality of REs.
  • the resources used by the above-mentioned network device #B to send the control information #C to the terminal device #B are merely exemplary, and the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the communication system may also be configured.
  • There is reserved resource the reserved resource is forbidden for data transmission, or the reserved resource can be used only for signaling transmission of the network device and the terminal device, so that the terminal network device #B can pass the reserved resource.
  • Some or all of the resources in the middle send control information #C to the terminal device #B.
  • the foregoing reserved resources may be included in each sub-band, and thus, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device #B may be occupied by each of the time-frequency resources #B'
  • the reserved resource in the band ie, subband #B
  • the control information #C transmits the control information #C to the terminal device #B.
  • the location of the reserved resource in each sub-band may be specified by the communication system, or the location of the reserved resource in each sub-band may be indicated by the network device to the terminal by, for example, RRC signaling
  • the location of the device, or the reserved resource in each sub-band may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device by using control information (for example, the above-mentioned control information #C).
  • the size of the reserved resource may be specified by the communication system, or the size of the reserved resource may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device by, for example, RRC signaling, or the reserved resource The size may be indicated according to control information (for example, the above-described control information #B) transmitted by the network device.
  • control information for example, the above-described control information #B
  • control information #C (ie, the second control information) enumerated above is merely an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto. Others can enable the control information #C to complete when the network device is instructed to compete.
  • the information form of the function of the frequency resource falls within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device can transmit the control information #C to the terminal device in the downlink control channel.
  • the network device may send the control information #B and the control information #C to the terminal device by using one downlink control channel, and the network device may also separately send the control information #B and the control information to the terminal device by using two downlink control channels.
  • C the invention is not limited.
  • the network device can transmit the control information #C to the terminal device in the downlink data channel.
  • the network device may transmit the control information #C to the terminal device in the form of bits or encoded bits.
  • the network device may send the control information #C to the reference device and send it to the terminal device.
  • the network device may represent the control information #C by using a different scrambling code (eg, a different RNTI scrambling code) for the downlink control channel.
  • a different scrambling code eg, a different RNTI scrambling code
  • control information #C may also be a preamble or sequence that the network device and the terminal device can recognize.
  • control information #C (ie, the second control information) enumerated above is merely an exemplary description, and the present invention is not limited thereto. Others can enable the control information #C to complete when the network device is instructed to compete.
  • the information form of the function of the frequency resource falls within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device can also send the control information #C to the terminal device.
  • control information #C may be used to indicate the time-frequency resource #B', or the control information #C may be used to indicate the child occupied by the time-frequency resource #B' frequency band.
  • the terminal device can directly determine the time-frequency resource #B' or the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B' based on the control information #C.
  • control information #C may also be used to indicate that the network device in the N sub-bands competes (for example, the LBT succeeds) sub-band, so that the terminal device can according to the control information #C and
  • the control information #B determines the time-frequency resource #B' or the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B'.
  • the network device #B can transmit the downlink channel #B and the reference signal #B through the subband #B.
  • each subband in subband #B carries a portion of downlink channel #B and reference signal #B.
  • the terminal device #B can determine, by detecting the reference signal #B, the frequency domain resource in the time-frequency resource #B carrying the downlink data (ie, the downlink channel #B) transmitted by the network device #B, that is, Subband #B.
  • the terminal device #B determines the sub-band #B by detecting the reference signal #B, and the method includes: the terminal device #B detects each sub-band in the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B, and determines the sub-band. Whether the reference signal is carried and the sub-band carrying the reference signal is determined as the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B', that is, the sub-band #B.
  • the terminal device #B can analyze the data transmitted by the network device #B only on the sub-band #B, and can reduce the processing load of the terminal device.
  • the method and the process of the terminal device #B parsing the data based on the reference signal may be similar to the prior art, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted herein to avoid redundancy.
  • the terminal device #B may determine information for indicating the sub-band #B in the P pieces of information #B (hereinafter, for ease of understanding) It is described as: control information #B_1), and the network device #B can report the instruction information of the control information #B_1 (that is, an example of the second control information) to the terminal device #B, whereby the terminal device #B can
  • the indication information of the control information #B_1 determines that the network device #B transmits the downlink data using the time-frequency resource indicated by the control information #A_1 (or the sub-band occupied by the control information #B_1 indicating the time-frequency resource).
  • the indication information of the control information #B_1 may be carried in the reserved resource described in the method 1.
  • Fig. 5 shows a pattern of the time-frequency resource #B' in which the network device #B is allocated to the time-frequency resource #B of the terminal device #B and the network device #B actually competes.
  • the sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B' is a partial sub-band in a sub-band occupied by the time-frequency resource #B, and the reserved resource may be configured in each sub-band.
  • the reserved resource may carry indication information indicating that the sub-band is contented by the terminal device (ie, an example of the second control information).
  • a method for transmitting a downlink channel by dividing a system frequency domain resource used based on a contention mechanism into a plurality of sub-bands, and after the network device allocates the first downlink frequency domain resource to the terminal device, Before detecting the at least two sub-bands included in the first downlink frequency domain resource, the network device can determine, by the network device, the second downlink frequency domain resource that can be used by the network device from the at least two sub-bands, and pass the The second downlink frequency domain resource performs the downlink channel transmission, that is, the network device does not need to be able to use the resources in the entire bandwidth range of the first downlink frequency domain resource, as compared with the prior art.
  • the first downlink frequency domain resource performs wireless communication, so that the network device can use the first downlink frequency domain resource (specifically, part of the first downlink frequency domain resource) to perform wireless communication. The possibility of improving communication efficiency, reducing service transmission delay, and improving user experience.
  • terminal device #A and the terminal device #B described above may be the same terminal device, or may be different terminal devices.
  • the present invention is not particularly limited, or in the embodiment of the present invention, one terminal device may also be in the Executing one of the actions performed by the terminal device described in the above method 200 and method 300, one terminal device may also perform both of the actions performed by the terminal device described in the above method 200 and method 300.
  • the network device #A and the network device #B described above may be the same network device, or may be different network devices.
  • the present invention is not particularly limited, or in the embodiment of the present invention, a network device may also be used.
  • one network device may also perform both of the actions performed by the network device described in the above method 200 and method 300.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 400 for transmitting an uplink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus 400 for transmitting an uplink channel may correspond to (for example, may be configured or itself) the terminal device described in the foregoing method 100 (for example, The terminal device #A), and each module or unit in the device 400 for transmitting data is used to perform each action or process performed by the terminal device in the above method 100.
  • each module or unit in the device 400 for transmitting data is used to perform each action or process performed by the terminal device in the above method 100.
  • the apparatus 400 may include a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are in communication connection.
  • the device further includes a memory, and the memory is communicatively coupled to the processor.
  • the processor, the memory and the transceiver can be communicatively coupled, the memory being operative to store instructions for executing the memory stored instructions to control the transceiver to transmit information or signals.
  • the transceiver unit in the device 400 shown in FIG. 6 can correspond to the transceiver
  • the processing unit in the device 400 shown in FIG. 6 can correspond to the processor
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 500 for transmitting an uplink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus 500 for transmitting an uplink channel may correspond to (eg, may be configured or itself) a network device described in the foregoing method 100 (eg, The network device #A), and each module or unit in the device 500 for transmitting data is used to perform each action or process performed by the network device in the above method 100.
  • a network device described in the foregoing method 100 eg, The network device #A
  • each module or unit in the device 500 for transmitting data is used to perform each action or process performed by the network device in the above method 100.
  • each module or unit in the device 500 for transmitting data is used to perform each action or process performed by the network device in the above method 100.
  • the apparatus 500 may include a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are in communication connection.
  • the device further includes a memory, and the memory is communicatively coupled to the processor.
  • the processor, the memory and the transceiver can be communicatively coupled, the memory being operative to store instructions for executing the memory stored instructions to control the transceiver to transmit information or signals.
  • the transceiver unit in the apparatus 500 shown in FIG. 7 can correspond to the transceiver, and the processing unit in the apparatus 500 shown in FIG. 7 can correspond to the processor.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 600 for transmitting a downlink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus 600 for transmitting a downlink channel may correspond to (eg, may be configured or itself) a network device described in the foregoing method 200 (eg, The network device #B), and each module or unit in the device 600 for transmitting data is used to perform each action or process performed by the network device in the above method 200.
  • a network device described in the foregoing method 200 eg, The network device #B
  • the apparatus 600 may include a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are in communication connection.
  • the device further includes a memory, and the memory is communicatively coupled to the processor.
  • the processor, memory and transceiver can be communicatively coupled, the memory can be used to store instructions for executing instructions stored by the memory to control the transceiver to transmit information or signals.
  • the transceiver unit in the device 600 shown in FIG. 8 can correspond to the transceiver
  • the processing unit in the device 600 shown in FIG. 8 can correspond to the processor
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 700 for transmitting a downlink channel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus 700 for transmitting a downlink channel may correspond to (eg, may be configured or itself) a terminal device described in the foregoing method 200 (eg, The terminal device #B), and each module or unit in the device 700 for transmitting the downlink channel is used to perform each action or process performed by the terminal device in the above method 200.
  • a terminal device described in the foregoing method 200 eg, The terminal device #B
  • the apparatus 700 may include a processor and a transceiver, and the processor and the transceiver are communicatively coupled.
  • the device further includes a memory, and the memory is communicatively coupled to the processor.
  • the processor, the memory and the transceiver can be communicatively coupled, the memory being operative to store instructions for executing the memory stored instructions to control the transceiver to transmit information or signals.
  • the transceiver unit in the apparatus 700 shown in FIG. 9 can correspond to the transceiver, and the processing unit in the apparatus 700 shown in FIG. 9 can correspond to the processor.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present invention may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electric Erase programmable read only memory (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a Random Access Memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM).
  • SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SLDRAM Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution sequence, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and the present invention should not be The implementation of the embodiments constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention, or the part contributing to the prior art or the part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
  • the instructions include a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信系统，系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，系统频域资源基于竞争机制使用，该传输上行信道的方法包括：终端设备从网络设备接收调度信息，调度信息用于指示用于承载至少一个上行信道的上行时频资源，其中，第一上行信道承载于第一上行时频资源，第一上行时频资源在频域上占用N个子频带中的M个子频带，M≥2；终端设备对M个子频带进行检测，以从第一上行时频资源中确定终端设备能够使用的第二上行时频资源，第二上行时频资源在频域上占用M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1；终端设备通过第二上行时频资源发送第一上行信道。

Description

传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置
本申请要求于2017年05月04日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710308804.1、申请名称为“传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置置。
背景技术
随着通信技术的发展和普及，终端设备的数量大幅增长，目前通信系统能够提供的许可频谱资源已经难以满足需求，在大量终端设备共用同一许可频谱资源的情况下，可能导致通信出现拥塞，严重影响了通信的可靠性和用户体验。
为了解决上述问题，出现了基于免许可频谱资源的通信技术，在该技术中，系统单载波的带宽为20兆赫兹(Mega Hertz，MHz)。网络设备从免许可频谱资源中为终端设备分配用于无线通信(例如，上行传输或下行传输)的频域资源(以下，为了便于理解，记作：频域资源#1)最大可以和系统带宽相同，即频域资源#1的带宽可以为20MHz。
并且，在现有技术中，网络设备或终端设备需要对频域资源#1所在的载波进行全带宽检测，如果检测到该频域资源#1的全部带宽范围内的资源均可使用，则网络设备和终端设备可以通过频域资源#1进行无线通信。
随着上述基于免许可频谱资源的通信技术的发展，通信系统的单载波的带宽逐渐增大，例如，系统单载波的带宽可达100MHz，相应的，网络设备分配给终端设备的免许可频谱资源(例如，上述频域资源#1)的带宽也可能增大，即，该频域资源#1的带宽大于20MHz，例如，该频域资源#1的带宽可达100MHz。
此情况下，基于上述现有技术，网络设备或终端设备需要对该大于20MHz的频域资源#1所在的载波进行检测，并且在检测到该载波的全部带宽范围内的资源均可使用的情况下，才能够使用频域资源#1进行无线通信。由于系统单载波的带宽很大，因此，网络设备或终端设备竞争到该载波的全部带宽的概率较低，进而，网络设备或终端设备能够使用该频域资源#1进行无线通信的可能性也较小，从而，降低了免许可频谱上的通信效率、增大了终端设备的业务传输时延，严重影响终端设备的用户体验。
发明内容
本申请提供一种传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置，能够提高通信效率、减小业务传输时延，改善用户体验。
第一方面，提供了一种传输上行信道的方法，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信 系统，该通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，该系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，该方法包括：该终端设备从该网络设备接收调度信息，该调度信息用于指示该网络设备为该终端设备分配的用于承载至少一个上行信道的上行时频资源，其中，该上行时频资源中的第一上行时频资源用于承载该至少一个上行信道中的一个第一上行信道，该第一上行时频资源在频域上占用该N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；该终端设备对该M个子频带进行检测，以从该第一上行时频资源中确定该终端设备能够使用的第二上行时频资源，该第二上行时频资源在频域上占用该M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1；该终端设备通过该第二上行时频资源发送该第一上行信道。
根据本发明实施例的传输上行信道的方法，通过将基于竞争机制使用的系统频域资源划分为多个子频带，并且，当终端设备在确定网络设备分配的第一上行时频资源之后，在需要进行上行传输之前，对该第一上行时频资源占用的至少两个子频带进行检测，能够使终端设备从该至少两个子频带中确定该终端设备能够使用的第二上行时频资源，并通过该第二上行时频资源进行上行数据传输，即，较现有技术相比，终端设备无需在确定该第一上行时频资源的全部带宽范围内的资源均能够使用的情况下，才能够使用第一上行时频资源进行无线通信，从而，能够提高终端设备能够使用该第一上行时频资源(具体的说，是第一上行时频资源中的部分子频带)进行无线通信的可能性，提高了通信效率、减小了业务传输时延，改善了用户体验。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第二上行时频资源占用的该K个子频。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第二上行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一上行时频资源中除该第二上行时频资源以外的时频资源占用的M-K个子频带。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一上行时频资源中除该第二上行时频资源以外的频域资源。
可选地，该第一指示信息承载于上行控制信道。
可选地，该第一指示信息承载于上行数据信道。
可选地，该第一指示信息承载于参考信号。
通过使终端设备向网络设备发送上述第一指示信息，能够使网络设备确定该第二上行时频资源，并在该第二上行时频资源上接收该上行数据，从而能够避免网络设备在第一上行频域资源中除第二上行时频资源以外的资源上检测该终端设备发送的数据，进而能够减小网络设备的处理负担。
可选地，该第二上行时频资源包括多个时频资源单元RE，以及该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一指示信息，包括：该终端设备通过该多个RE中的至少一个RE，向该网络设备发送该第一指示信息。
可选地，该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一指示信息，包括：该终端设备从该第二上行时频资源中确定第三上行时频资源；该终端设备通过该第三上行时频资源发送该第一指示信息。
可选地，该第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三上行时频资源在该第二上行时域资源中的位置是由该通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三上行时频资源在该第二上行时域资源中的位置是由该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预先指示的。
可选地，该第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三上行时频资源在该第二上行时域资源中的位置是由该调度信息指示的。
可选地，该终端设备通过该第二上行时频资源发送该第一上行信道，包括：该终端设备根据该第一上行时频资源的大小，确定第一上行传输块大小TBS；该终端设备根据第一上行TBS，通过该第二上行时频资源，向该网络设备发送该第一上行信道。
可选地，所述第一上行信道承载基于所述第一TBS进行的信道编码后的信息。
可选地，该调度信息还用于指示第一上行调制编码方案MCS索引，以及该终端设备根据该第一上行时频资源的大小，确定第一上行传输块大小TBS，包括：该终端设备根据该第一上行时频资源的大小和该第一上行MCS索引，确定第一上行调制阶数和第一上行传输块大小TBS。
可选地，该终端设备根据第一上行TBS，通过该第二上行时频资源，向该网络设备发送该第一上行信道，包括：该终端设备根据该第一上行TBS和第二上行调制阶数，通过该第二上行频域资源，向该网络设备发送该上行数据。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数与第一上行调制阶数相异。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小，确定该第二上行调制阶数。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是由该调度信息指示的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是根据第二上行MCS配置集合确定的，其中，该第二上行MCS配置集合与第一上行MCS配置集合相异，该第一上行MCS配置集合是用于确定第一上行调制阶数的配置集合。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送该第二上行调制阶数的指示信息。根据本发明实施例的传输上行信道的方法，通过使终端设备基于网络设备指示的TBS进行上行传输，能够减小终端设备的实现复杂度，降低传输的复杂度。进一步的，终端设备通过使用与实际使用的用于上行传输的时频资源匹配的调制阶数，调整实际用于上行传输的码率，从而提高传输的可靠性和准确性。
可选地，该终端设备通过该第二上行时频资源发送该第一上行信道，包括：该终端设备根据第二上行TBS，通过该第二上行时频资源，向该网络设备发送该第一上行信道。
可选地，所述第一上行信道承载基于所述第二TBS进行的信道编码后的信息。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小，确定第二上行TBS。
可选地，该调度信息还用于指示第一上行调制编码方案MCS索引，以及该终端设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小，确定第二上行传输块大小TBS，包括：该终端设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小和该第一上行MCS索引，确定第一上行调制阶数和第二上行 传输块大小TBS。
可选地，该第二上行TBS与第一上行TBS相异，该第一上行TBS是基于该第一上行时频资源的大小和该第一上行MCS索引确定的。
可选地，该第二上行TBS是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二上行TBS是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二上行TBS是由该调度信息指示的。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送该第二上行TBS的指示信息。
可选地，该终端设备根据第二上行TBS，通过该第二上行时频资源，向该网络设备发送该第一上行信道，包括：该终端设备根据该第二上行TBS和第二上行调制阶数，通过该第二上行频域资源，向该网络设备发送该上行数据，其中，该第二上行调制阶数与第一上行调制阶数相异。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小，确定该第二上行调制阶数。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是由该调度信息指示的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是根据第二上行MCS配置集合确定的，其中，该第二上行MCS配置集合与第一上行MCS配置集合相异，该第一上行MCS配置集合是用于确定第一上行调制阶数的配置集合。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送该第二上行调制阶数的指示信息。
根据本发明实施例的传输上行信道的方法，通过使终端设备基于实际使用的资源包括的RB数量重新确定上行传输使用的TBS，能够使所确定的TBS与上行传输实际使用的资源的大小相对应，从而，能够提高上行传输的可靠性和准确性。
可选地，该终端设备从该网络设备接收调度信息，包括：该终端设备从该网络设备接收针对该第一上行信道的P个调度信息，该第一上行时频资源包括该P个调度信息中的每个调度信息指示的时频资源，该P个调度信息中的每个调度信息指示的时频资源占用至少一个子频带，P个调度信息中的任意两个调度信息指示的时频资源占用的子频带至少部分不同，P≥2；该终端设备根据该P个调度信息中的每个调度信息指示的时频资源，确定该第一上行时频资源；以及该终端设备对该M个子频带进行检测，包括：该终端设备对该P个调度信息中的每个调度信息指示的时频资源所占用的子频带进行检测，其中，该第二上行时频资源包括该P个调度信息中的Q个调度信息指示的时频资源，1≤Q＜P。
可选地，该P个调度信息指示的频域资源具有嵌套结构。
可选地，该P个调度信息中的任意两个调度信息指示的频域资源不重叠。
可选地，该P个调度信息中的两个调度信息指示的频域资源具有重叠部分。
可选地，该第二上行时频资源包括该P个调度信息中的第一调度信息指示的时频资源，以及，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送该第一调度信息的标识。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送时域指示信息，该时域指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过该第二上行时频资源向该网络设备发送该第一上行信道的起 始时刻。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送时域指示信息，该时域指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过该第二上行时频资源向该网络设备发送该第一上行信道据的时段。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备向该网络设备发送时域指示信息，该时域指示信息用于指示该第二上行时频资源的起始时刻。
第二方面，提供了一种传输上行信道的方法，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信系统，该通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，该系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，该方法包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送调度信息，该调度信息用于指示该网络设备为该终端设备分配的用于承载至少一个上行信道的上行时频资源，其中，该上行时频资源中的第一上行时频资源用于承载该至少一个上行信道中的一个第一上行信道，该第一上行时频资源在频域上占用该N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；该网络设备通过第二上行时频资源从该终端设备接收该第一上行信道，其中，该第二时上行频资源在频域上占用该M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备从该终端设备接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第二上行时频资源占用的该K个子频带；该网络设备根据该第一指示信息，确定该第二上行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备从该终端设备接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第二上行时频资源；该网络设备根据该第一指示信息，确定该第二上行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备从该终端设备接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一上行时频资源中除该第二上行时频资源以外的时频资源占用的M-K个子频带；该网络设备根据该第一指示信息，确定该第二上行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备从该终端设备接收第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一上行时频资源中除该第二上行时频资源以外的时频资源；该网络设备根据该第一指示信息，确定该第二上行时频资源。
通过使终端设备向网络设备发送上述第一指示信息，能够使网络设备确定该第二上行时频资源，并在该第二上行时频资源上接收该上行数据，从而能够避免网络设备在第一上行频域资源中除第二上行时频资源以外的资源上检测该终端设备发送的数据，进而能够减小网络设备的处理负担。
可选地，该第二上行时频资源包括多个时频资源单元RE，以及该网络设备从该网络设备接收第一指示信息，包括：该网络设备通过该多个RE中的至少一个RE，从该终端设备接收该第一指示信息。
可选地，该网络设备从该终端设备接收第一指示信息，包括：该网络设备从该第二上行时频资源中确定第三上行时频资源；该网络设备通过该第三上行时频资源从该终端设备接收第一指示信息。
可选地，该第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三上行时频资源在该第二上行时域资源中的位置是由该通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三上行时频资源在该第二上行时域 资源中的位置是由该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预先指示的。
可选地，该第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三上行时频资源在该第二上行时域资源中的位置是由该调度信息指示的。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备根据该M个子频带中的每个子频带的是否携带有参考信号的情况，确定该第二上行时频资源。
可选地，该网络设备通过第二上行时频资源从该终端设备接收该第一上行信道，包括：该网络设备根据该第一上行时频资源的大小，确定第一上行传输块大小TBS；该网络设备根据该第一上行TBS通过该第二上行时频资源从该终端设备接收该第一上行信道。
可选地，该第一指示信息承载于上行控制信道。
可选地，该第一指示信息承载于上行数据信道。
可选地，该第一指示信息承载于参考信号。
可选地，该调度信息还用于指示第一上行调制编码方案MCS索引，以及该终端设备根据该第一上行时频资源的大小，确定第一上行传输块大小TBS，包括：该终端设备根据该第一上行时频资源的大小和该第一上行MCS索引，确定第一上行调制阶数和第一上行传输块大小TBS。
可选地，所述第一上行信道承载对所述第一上行TBS的TB进行的信道编码后的信息。
可选地，该网络设备根据该第一上行TBS通过该第二上行时频资源从该终端设备接收该第一上行信道，包括：该网络设备根据该第一上行TBS和第二上行调制阶数，通过该第二上行频域资源，从该终端设备接收该该第一上行信道。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数与第一上行调制阶数相异。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小，确定该第二上行调制阶数。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是由该调度信息指示的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是根据第二上行MCS配置集合确定的，其中，该第二上行MCS配置集合与第一上行MCS配置集合相异，该第一上行MCS配置集合是用于确定第一上行调制阶数的配置集合。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备从该终端设备接收该第二上行调制阶数的指示信息。
根据本发明实施例的传输上行信道的方法，通过使终端设备基于网络设备指示的TBS进行上行传输，，能够减小终端设备的实现复杂度，降低传输的复杂度。进一步的，终端设备通过使用与实际使用的用于上行传输的时频资源匹配的调制阶数，调整实际用于上行传输的码率，从而提高传输的可靠性和准确性。
可选地，该网络设备通过该第二上行时频资源从该终端设备接收该第一上行信道，包括：该网络设备根据第二上行TBS，通过该第二上行时频资源，从该终端设备接收该第一上行信道。
可选地，所述第一上行信道承载对所述第二上行TBS的TB进行的信道编码后的信息。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小，确定第二上行 TBS。
可选地，该调度信息还用于指示第一上行调制编码方案MCS索引，以及该网络设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小，确定第二上行传输块大小TBS，包括：该网络设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小和该第一上行MCS索引，确定第一上行调制阶数和第二上行传输块大小TBS。
可选地，该第二上行TBS与第一上行TBS相异，该第一上行TBS是基于该第一上行时频资源的大小和该第一上行MCS索引确定的。
可选地，该第二上行TBS是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二上行TBS是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二上行TBS是由该调度信息指示的。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备从该终端设备接收该第二上行TBS的指示信息。
可选地，该网络设备根据第二上行TBS，通过该第二上行时频资源，从该终端设备接收该第一上行信道，包括：该网络设备根据该第二上行TBS和第二上行调制阶数，通过该第二上行频域资源，从该终端设备接收该上行数据，其中，该第二上行调制阶数与第一上行调制阶数相异。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备根据该第二上行时频资源的大小，确定该第二上行调制阶数。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是由该调度信息指示的。
可选地，该第二上行调制阶数是根据第二上行MCS配置集合确定的，其中，该第二上行MCS配置集合与第一上行MCS配置集合相异，该第一上行MCS配置集合是用于确定第一上行调制阶数的配置集合。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备从该网络设备接收该第二上行调制阶数的指示信息。
根据本发明实施例的传输上行信道的方法，通过使终端设备基于实际使用的资源包括的RB数量重新确定上行传输使用的TBS，能够使所确定的TBS与上行传输实际使用的资源的大小相对应，从而，能够提高上行传输的可靠性和准确性。
可选地，该网络设备向该终端设备发送调度信息，包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送针对该第一上行信道的P个调度信息，该第一上行时频资源包括该P个调度信息中的每个调度信息指示的时频资源，该P个调度信息中的每个调度信息指示的时频资源占用至少一个子频带，P个调度信息中的任意两个调度信息指示的时频资源占用的子频带至少部分不同，P≥2，该第二上行时频资源包括该P个调度信息中的Q个调度信息指示的时频资源，1≤Q＜P。
可选地，该第二上行时频资源包括该P个调度信息中的第一调度信息指示的时频资源，以及，该方法还包括：该网络设备接收该终端设备发送的该第一调度信息的标识；该网络设备根据该第一调度信息的标识，确定该第二上行时频资源。
可选地，该P个调度信息指示的频域资源具有嵌套结构。
可选地，该P个调度信息中的任意两个调度信息指示的频域资源不重叠。
可选地，该P个调度信息中的两个调度信息指示的频域资源重叠。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备从该终端设备接收时域指示信息，该时域指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过该第二上行时频资源向该网络设备发送上行信道的起始时刻，或者该时域指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过该第二上行时频资源向该网络设备发送上行信道的时段。
第三方面，提供了一种传输下行信道的方法，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信系统，该通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，该系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，该方法包括：该网络设备为该终端设备分配用于承载至少一个下行信道的下行时频资源，其中，该下行时频资源中的第一下行时频资源用于承载该至少一个下行信道中的一个第一下行信道，该第一下行时频资源在频域上占用该N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；该网络设备对该M个子频带进行检测，以从该第一下行时频资源中确定该网络设备能够使用的第二下行时频资源，该第二下行时频资源在频域上占用该M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1；该网络设备通过该第二下行时频资源发送该第一下行信道。
根据本发明实施例的传输下行信道的方法，通过将基于竞争机制使用的系统频域资源划分为多个子频带，并且，当网络设备为终端设备分配第一下行频域资源之后，在需要进行下行传输之前，对该第一下行频域资源包括的至少两个子频带进行检测，能够使网络设备从该至少两个子频带中确定该网络设备能够使用的第二下行频域资源，并通过该第二下行频域资源进行下行数据传输，即，较现有技术相比，网络设备无需在确定该第一下行频域资源的全部带宽范围内的资源均能够使用的情况下，才能够使用第一下行频域资源进行无线通信，从而，能够提高网络设备能够使用该第一下行频域资源(具体的说，是第一下行频域资源中的部分子频带)进行无线通信的可能性，提高了通信效率、减小了业务传输时延，改善了用户体验。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送第一控制信息，该第一控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源。
可选地，该网络设备向该终端设备发送第一控制信息，包括：该网络设备在该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带上，向该终端设备发送该第一控制信息。
可选地，该网络设备向该终端设备发送第一控制信息，包括：该网络设备在该K个子频带中的每个子频带上，向该终端设备发送该第一控制信息。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二控制信息，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源占用的K个子频带。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二控制信息，该第二控制信息用于指示该网络设备确定的该系统包括的N个子频带中有效的子频带，以使该终端设备根据该N个子频带中有效的子频带和第一下行时频资源，确定第二下行时频资源。可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二控制信息，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二控制信息，该第二控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源中除该第二下行时频资源以外的时频资源占用的M-K个子频带。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二控制信息，该第二控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源中除该第二下行时频资源以外的时频资源。
可选地，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源在第一传输时间间隔TTI上占用的K个子频带，第二下行时频资源在时域上属于该第一TTI。
可选地，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源在第一传输机会TxOP上占用的K个子频带，第二下行时频资源在时域上属于该第一TxOP。
可选地，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源在时域上的起始位置。
可选地，第二下行时频资源在时域上属于该第一TTI，该TTI包括至少两个时域起点，以及，该第二下行时频资源在时域上的起始位置为该至少两个时域起点中的任意起点。
可选地，该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二控制信息，包括：该网络设备在该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带上，向该终端设备发送该第二控制信息。
可选地，该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二控制信息，包括：该网络设备在该K个子频带中的每个子频带上，向该终端设备发送该第二控制信息。可选地，该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二控制信息，包括：该网络设备从该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中确定第三下行时频资源；该网络设备通过该第三下行时频资源向该终端设备发送该第一控制信息。
可选地，该第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三下行时频资源在该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由该通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三下行时频资源在该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由该网络设备预先指示的。
可选地，该第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三下行时频资源在该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由该网络设备发送的第一控制信息指示的，该第一控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源。
可选地，该第二控制信息承载于下行控制信道。
可选地，该第二控制信息承载于下行数据信道。
可选地，该第二控制信息承载于参考信号。
可选地，该第三下行时频资源在时域上位于该第三下行时频资源所属于的最大信道占用时间MCOT的第一个子帧上。
可选地，该第三下行时频资源在时域上位于该第三下行时频资源所属于的MCOT的每个子帧上。
通过使网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示该第二下行时频资源的下行资源指示信息，能够使终端设备确定该第二下行时频资源，并在该第二下行时频资源上接收该下行数据，从而能够避免终端设备在第一下行时频资源中除第二下行时频资源以外的资源上检测该网络设备发送的数据，进而能够减小终端设备的处理负担。
可选地，该第二下行时频资源包括多个时频资源单元RE，以及该网络设备向该终端设备发送该第二控制信息，包括：该网络设备通过该多个RE中的至少一个RE，向该终端设备发送该第二控制信息。
可选地，该网络设备通过该第二下行时频资源发送该第一下行信道，包括：该网络设备根据该第一下行频域资源的大小，确定第一下行传输块大小TBS；该网络设备根据该第 一下行TBS，通过该第二下行频域资源，向该终端设备发送该第一下行信道。
可选地，该网络设备根据该第一下行时频资源的大小，确定第一下行传输块大小TBS，包括：该网络设备根据该第一下行时频资源的大小，确定第一下行调制阶数和第一下行传输块大小TBS。
可选地，该网络设备根据该第一下行TBS，通过该第二下行频域资源，向该终端设备发送该第一下行信道，包括：该网络设备根据该第一下行TBS和第二下行调制阶数，通过该第二下行频域资源，向该终端设备发送该第一下行信道。
可选地，所述第一下行信道承载对所述第一下行TBS的TB进行的信道编码后的信息。
可选地，第二下行调制阶数与第一下行调制阶数相异。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备根据该第二下行频域资源的大小，确定第二下行调制阶数。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是由该第一控制信息指示的，该第一控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是根据第二下行MCS配置集合确定的，其中，该第二下行MCS配置集合与第一下行MCS配置集合相异，该第一下行MCS配置集合是用于确定第一下行调制阶数的配置集合。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是由该第二控制信息指示的，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送该第二下行调制阶数的指示信息。
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法，网络设备使用基于调度的时频资源分配给终端设备的TBS，在实际可使用的时频资源上传输，不需要改变网络设备的调度策略，能够减小网络设备的实现复杂度。进一步的，网络设备通过使用与实际使用的用于下行传输的时频资源匹配的调制阶数，调整实际用于下行传输的码率，从而提高传输的可靠性和准确性。
可选地，该网络设备通过该第二下行时频资源发送该第一下行信道，包括：该网络设备根据第二下行TBS，通过该第二下行时频资源，向该终端设备发送该第一下行信道。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备根据该第二下行时频资源的大小，确定第二下行TBS。
可选地，该网络设备根据该第二下行时频资源的大小，确定第二下行TBS，包括：该网络设备根据该第二下行时频资源的大小，确定第一下行调制阶数和第二TBS。
可选地，所述第一下行信道承载对所述第二下行TBS的TB进行的信道编码后的信息。
可选地，该网络设备根据该第二下行TBS，通过该第二下行频域资源，向该终端设备发送该第一下行信道，包括：该网络设备根据该第二下行TBS和第一下行调制阶数，通过该第二下行频域资源，向该终端设备发送该第一下行信道。
可选地，该网络设备根据该第二下行TBS，通过该第二下行频域资源，向该终端设备发送该第一下行信道，包括：该网络设备根据该第二下行TBS和第二下行调制阶数，通过该第二下行频域资源，向该终端设备发送该第一下行信道。
可选地，第二下行调制阶数与第一下行调制阶数相异。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备根据该第二下行频域资源的大小，确定第二下行调制阶数。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是由该第一控制信息指示的，该第一控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是根据第二下行MCS配置集合确定的，其中，该第二下行MCS配置集合与第一下行MCS配置集合相异，该第一下行MCS配置集合是用于确定第一下行调制阶数的配置集合。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是由该第二控制信息指示的，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该网络设备向该终端设备发送该第二下行调制阶数的指示信息。
第四方面，提供了一种传输下行信道的方法，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信系统，该通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，该系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，该方法包括：该终端设备确定该网络设备分配的用于承载至少一个下行信道的下行时频资源，其中，该下行时频资源中的第一下行时频资源用于承载该至少一个下行信道中的一个第一下行信道承载，该第一下行时频资源在频域上占用该N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；该终端设备通过第二下行时频资源从该网络设备接收该第一下行信道，其中，该第二下行时频资源在频域上占用该M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备确定该网络设备分配的用于承载至少一个下行信道的时频资源，包括：该终端设备从该网络设备接收第一控制信息，该第一控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源；该终端设备根据该第一控制信息，确定该第一下行时频资源。
可选地，该第一控制信息承载于该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带上。
可选地，该第一控制信息承载于该K个子频带中的每个子频带上。
可选地，该方法还包括：该方法还包括：该终端设备从该网络设备接收第二控制信息，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源占用的该K个子频带；该终端设备根据该第二控制信息，确定该第二下行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该方法还包括：该终端设备从该网络设备接收第二控制信息，该第二控制信息用于指示该该网络设备确定的该系统包括的N个子频带中有效的子频带；该终端设备根据该第二控制信息和第一下行时频资源，确定该第二下行时频资源。
可选地，该终端设备从该网络设备接收第二控制信息，包括：该终端设备从该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中确定第三下行时频资源；该终端设备通过该第三下行时频资源从该网络设备接收该第二控制信息。
可选地，该第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三下行时频资源在该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由该通信系统规定的，或，
可选地，该第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三下行时频资源在该K个子频带中 的至少一个子频带中的位置是由该网络设备预先指示的，或，
可选地，该第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或该第三下行时频资源在该该K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由该网络设备发送的第一控制信息指示的，该第一控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源。
可选地，该第二控制信息承载于下行控制信道。
可选地，该第二控制信息承载于下行数据信道。
可选地，该第二控制信息承载于参考信号。
可选地，该第三下行时频资源在时域上位于该第三下行时频资源所属于的最大信道占用时间MCOT的第一个子帧上。
可选地，该第三下行时频资源在时域上位于该第三下行时频资源所属于的MCOT的每个子帧上。
通过使网络设备向终端设备发送用于指示该第二下行时频资源的下行资源指示信息，能够使终端设备确定该第二下行时频资源，并在该第二下行时频资源上接收该下行数据，从而能够避免终端设备在第一下行时频资源中除第二下行时频资源以外的资源上检测该网络设备发送的数据，进而能够减小终端设备的处理负担。
可选地，该第二下行频域资源包括多个时频资源单元RE，以及该终端设备从该网络设备接收第二控制信息，包括：该终端设备通过该多个RE中的至少一个RE，从该网络设备接收该第二控制信息。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备根据该M个子频带中的每个子频带的是否携带有参考信号的情况，确定该第二下行时频资源。
可选地，该终端设备通过第二下行时频资源从该网络设备接收该第一下行信道，包括：该终端设备根据该第一下行频域资源的大小，确定第一下行传输块大小TBS；该终端设备根据该第一下行TBS，通过该第二下行频域资源，从该网络设备接收该第一下行信道。
可选地，该终端设备根据该第一下行频域资源的大小，确定第一下行传输块大小TBS，包括：该终端设备根据该第一下行时频资源的大小，确定第一下行调制阶数和第一下行传输块大小TBS。
可选地，该终端设备根据该第一下行TBS，通过该第二下行频域资源，从该网络设备接收该第一下行信道，包括：该终端设备根据该第一下行TBS和第二下行调制阶数，通过该第二下行频域资源，从该网络设备接收该第一下行信道。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数与第一下行调制阶数相异。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备根据该第二下行频域资源的大小，确定第二下行调制阶数。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是由该第一控制信息指示的，该第一控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是根据第二下行MCS配置集合确定的，其中，该第二下行MCS配置集合与第一下行MCS配置集合相异，该第一下行MCS配置集合是用于确定第一下行调制阶数的配置集合。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是由该第二控制信息指示的，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备从该网络设备接收该第二下行调制阶数的指示信息。
根据本发明实施例的传输数据的方法，网络设备使用基于调度的时频资源分配给终端设备的TBS，在实际可使用的时频资源上传输，不需要改变网络设备的调度策略，能够减小网络设备的实现复杂度。进一步的，网络设备通过使用与实际使用的用于下行传输的时频资源匹配的调制阶数，调整实际用于下行传输的码率，从而提高传输的可靠性和准确性。
可选地，该终端设备通过该第二下行时频资源接收该第一下行信道，包括：该终端设备根据第二下行TBS，通过该第二下行时频资源，接收该第一下行信道。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备根据该第二下行时频资源的大小，确定第二下行TBS。
可选地，该终端设备根据该第二下行时频资源的大小，确定第二下行TBS，包括：该终端设备根据该第二下行时频资源的大小，确定第一下行调制阶数和第二TBS。
可选地，该终端设备根据该第二下行TBS，通过该第二下行频域资源，接收该第一下行信道，包括：该终端设备根据该第二下行TBS和第一下行调制阶数，通过该第二下行频域资源，接收该第一下行信道。
可选地，该终端设备根据该第二下行TBS，通过该第二下行频域资源，接收该第一下行信道，包括：该终端设备根据该第二下行TBS和第二下行调制阶数，通过该第二下行频域资源，接收该第一下行信道。
可选地，第二下行调制阶数与第一下行调制阶数相异。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备根据该第二下行频域资源的大小，确定第二下行调制阶数。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是通信系统规定的。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是该网络设备(例如，通过RRC信令)预选指示的。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是由该第一控制信息指示的，该第一控制信息用于指示该第一下行时频资源。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是根据第二下行MCS配置集合确定的，其中，该第二下行MCS配置集合与第一下行MCS配置集合相异，该第一下行MCS配置集合是用于确定第一下行调制阶数的配置集合。
可选地，该第二下行调制阶数是由该第二控制信息指示的，该第二控制信息用于指示该第二下行时频资源。
可选地，该方法还包括：该终端设备从该网络设备接收该第二下行调制阶数的指示信息。
第五方面，提供一种传输数据信道的方法，该方法包括：发送设备生成编码后的数据包，该数据包属于数据信道，该数据信道承载于第一时间传输间隔TTI中的候选时频资源上，其中，该候选时频资源在频域上占用系统频域资源包括的N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥1，该候选时频资源为第一时频资源或第二时频资源，该第二时频资源的第二时域起点晚于该第一时频资源的第一时域起点；该发送设备对该候选时频资源的所在载波 进行检测，该发送设备根据该检测的结果，在该候选时频资源上向接收设备发送该数据信道，该数据信道中包括该编码后的上行数据包。
可选地，该第一时频资源和该第二时频资源为基于竞争机制使用的时频资源。
根据本发明实施例的传输数据信道的方法，通过在基于竞争机制使用的TTI中设置多个时域起始点，并且，发送设备在需要进行上行传输之前，对候选时频资源所对应的载波进行检测，能够使发送设备从第一时频资源或第二时频资源中确定该发送设备能够使用的候选时频资源，并通过该候选时频资源进行上行信道的传输，即，较现有技术相比，发送设备无需在确定候选时频资源的时域起始点位于一个子帧的起始点的情况下，才能够使用候选时频资源进行无线通信，从而，能够提高基于该候选时频资源进行无线通信的可靠性，提高了通信效率、减小了业务传输时延，改善了用户体验。
可选地，该发送设备根据该检测的结果，在该候选时频资源上发送该上行信道，包括：在该发送设备在该第一时域起点之前确定该候选时频资源的所在载波处于可发送状态的情况下，该发送设备在该第一时频资源上发送该上行信道。
可选地，该根据该检测的结果，在该候选时频资源上发送该上行信道，包括：在该发送设备在该第一时域起点之前确定该候选时频资源的所在载波未处于可发送状态，且该发送设备在该第二时域起点之前确定该候选时频资源的所在载波处于可发送状态的情况下，该终端设备在该第二时频资源上发送该上行信道。
可选地，其特征在于，该第二时频资源在时域上占用的资源为该第一时频资源在时域上占用的资源的子集，且该第一时频资源在频域上占用的资源的大小和该第二时频资源在频域上占用的资源的大小相等。
可选地，该发送设备为网络设备，该接收设备为终端设备，该数据信道为下行数据信道。
可选地，该发送设备为终端络设备，该接收设备为网络设备，该数据信道为上行数据信道。
第六方面，提供一种传输数据信道的方法，应用于包括发送设备和接收设备的通信系统，该通信系统使用的频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，该通信系统使用的传输时间间隔TTI包括至少两个时域起点，该方法包括：发送设备确定用于承载至少一个数据信道的频域资源，其中，该频域资源中的第一频域资源用于承载该至少一个数据信道中的一个第一数据信道，且该第一数据信道承载于第一TTI；该发送设备对该第一频域资源进行检测，并根据该检测的结果，从第一TTI包括的至少两个时域起点中，确定第一时域起点，其中，该第一频域资源中的第二频域资源自该第一时域起点之后处于能够被该发送设备使用的状态，其中，该第二频域资源是该第一频域资源中的部分或全部资源；该发送设备自该第一时域起点，通过该第二频域资源向该接收设备发送该数据信道。
根据本发明实施例的传输数据信道的方法，通过在基于竞争机制使用的TTI中设置多个时域起始点，并且，发送设备在需要进行数据信道的传输之前，对用于承载数据信道的第一频域资源进行检测，能够使发送设备从第一频域资源中确定该终端设备能够使用的第二频域资源，并且，能够使发送设备从第一TTI包括的至少两个时域起点中确定发送设备能够使用的该第二频域资源的第一时域起点，从而，发送设备能够自该第一时域起点，通过该第二频域资源进行数据信道的传输，即，较现有技术相比，发送设备无需在确定候选 时频资源的时域起始点位于一个子帧的起始点的情况下，才能够使用候选时频资源进行无线通信，从而，能够提高基于该候选时频资源的无线通信的可能性，提高了通信效率、减小了业务传输时延，改善了用户体验。
可选地，该方法还包括，该发送设备向该接收设备发送该第一时域起点的指示信息。
可选地，该通信系统使用的频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，该第一频域资源占用该N个子频带中的M个子频带，M≥2，该第二频域资源在频域上占用该M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1。
可选地，该发送设备为网络设备，该接收设备为终端设备，该数据信道为下行数据信道。
可选地，该发送设备为终端络设备，该接收设备为网络设备，该数据信道为上行数据信道。
第七方面，提供一种传输数据信道的方法，应用于包括发送设备和接收设备的通信系统，该通信系统使用的时频资源为基于竞争机制使用的时频资源，该通信系统使用的多个传输时间间隔TTI中的每个TTI包括至少两个时域起点，该方法包括：该发送设备确定用于承载至少一个数据信道的时频资源，其中，该时频资源中的候选时频资源用于承载该至少一个数据信道中的一个第一数据信道，该候选时频资源在时域上对应第一TTI，该候选时频资源包括至少两个时频资源，该至少两个时频资源与该第一TTI包括的至少两个时域起点一一对应；该发送设备对该候选时频资源进行检测，并根据检测的结果，从该候选时频资源包括的至少两个时频资源中，确定目标时频资源，该目标时频资源是该终端设备能够使用的时频资源；该终端设备通过该目标时频资源发送该第一上行信道。
根据本发明实施例的传输上数据信道的方法，通过在基于竞争机制使用的TTI中设置多个时域起始点，并且，发送设备在需要进行数据信道的传输之前，对候选时频进行检测，能够使发送设备从候选时频包括的起始点相异的至少两个时频资源中确定该发送设备能够使用的目标时频资源，并通过该目标时频资源进行数据信道的传输，即，较现有技术相比，发送设备无需在确定候选时频资源的时域起始点位于一个子帧的起始点的情况下，才能够使用候选时频资源进行无线通信，从而，能够提高基于该候选时频资源的无线通信的可靠性，提高了通信效率、减小了业务传输时延，改善了用户体验。
可选地，该方法还包括：该发送设备向该接收设备发送该目标时频资源的指示信息。
可选地，该方法还包括：该发送设备向该接收设备发送该目标时频资源对应的时域起点的指示信息。
可选地，该候选时频资源包括至少两个时频资源在时域上具有套嵌结构。
可选地，该通信系统使用的频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，该候选时频资源占用该N个子频带中的M个子频带，M≥2，该目标时频资源在频域上占用该M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1。
第八方面，提供了一种传输数据信道的装置，包括用于执行上述第一方面至第七方面中的任一方面及其实施方式中的各步骤的单元。
第九方面，提供了一种传输数据信道的设备，包括存储器和处理器，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，使得传输数据的设备执行上述第一方面至第七方面中的任一方面及其实施方式中的方法。
第十方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码被通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)的通信单元、处理单元或收发器、处理器运行时，使得通信设备执行上述第一方面至第七方面中的任一方面及其实施方式中的方法。
第十一方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质存储有程序，该程序使得通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)执行上述第一方面至第七方面中的任一方面及其实施方式中的方法。
结合上述第各方面及其上述实现方式，在另一种实现方式中，每个子频带包括多个子载波。
结合上述第各方面及其上述实现方式，在另一种实现方式中，每个子频带的带宽是基于网络设备或终端设备在一次检测(或竞争)过程中能够检测的带宽确定的。
结合上述第各方面及其上述实现方式，在另一种实现方式中，每个子频带的带宽小于或等于网络设备或终端设备在一次检测(或竞争)过程中能够检测的带宽。
结合上述第各方面及其上述实现方式，在另一种实现方式中，每个子频带的带宽为20MHz。
附图说明
图1是适用本发明实施例的传输信道(上行信道或下行信道)的方法和装置的通信系统的一例的示意性图。
图2是本发明实施例的上行信道的传输过程的示意性交互图。
图3是本发明实施例的上行信道传输的一例的示意图。
图4是本发明实施例的下行信道的传输过程的示意性交互图。
图5是本发明实施例的下行信道传输的一例的示意图。
图6是本发明实施例的传输上行信道的装置的一例的示意性框图。
图7是本发明实施例的传输上行信道的装置的另一例的示意性框图。
图8是本发明实施例的传输下行信道的装置的再一例的示意性框图。
图9是本发明实施例的传输下行信道的装置的再一例的示意性框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
应理解，本发明实施例可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service，GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution，LTE-A)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks，WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity，WiFi)或下一代通信系统等。
通常来说，传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限，也易于实现，然而，随着通信技术的发展，移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信，还将支持例如，设备到设备(Device to Device，D2D)通信，机器到机器(Machine to Machine，M2M)通信，机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication，MTC)，以及车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle，V2V)通信。
本发明实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例，其中：
终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STAION，ST)，可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统，例如，第五代通信(fifth-generation，5G)网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，网络设备可以是网络设备等用于与移动设备通信的设备，网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point，AP)，GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B，eNB或eNodeB)，或者中继站或接入点，或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。
另外，在本发明实施例中，网络设备为小区提供服务，终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如，频域资源，或者说，频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信，该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区，小区可以属于宏基站，也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站，这里的小小区可以包括：城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等，这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功 率低的特点，适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。
此外，LTE系统或5G系统中的载波上可以同时有多个小区同频工作，在某些特殊场景下，也可以认为上述载波与小区的概念等同。例如在载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation，CA)场景下，当为UE配置辅载波时，会同时携带辅载波的载波索引和工作在该辅载波的辅小区的小区标识(Cell Indentify，Cell ID)，在这种情况下，可以认为载波与小区的概念等同，比如UE接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。
本发明实施例提供的方法和装置，可以应用于终端设备或网络设备，该终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(Memory Management Unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(Process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，本发明实施例并未对本发明实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本发明实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本发明实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本发明实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
此外，本发明实施例的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于：磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(Compact Disc，CD)、数字通用盘(Digital Versatile Disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
图1是本发明实施例的无线通信系统的示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100包括网络设备102，网络设备102可包括1个天线或多个天线例如，天线104、106、108、110、112和114。另外，网络设备102可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链，本领域普通技术人员可以理解，它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。
网络设备102可以与多个终端设备(例如终端设备116和终端设备122)通信。然而，可以理解，网络设备102可以与类似于终端设备116或终端设备122的任意数目的终端设备通信。终端设备116和122可以是例如蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统100上通信的任意其它适合设备。
如图1所示，终端设备116与天线112和114通信，其中天线112和114通过前向链路(也称为下行链路)118向终端设备116发送信息，并通过反向链路(也称为上行链路)120从终端设备116接收信息。此外，终端设备122与天线104和106通信，其中天线104 和106通过前向链路124向终端设备122发送信息，并通过反向链路126从终端设备122接收信息。
例如，在频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统中，例如，前向链路118可与反向链路120使用不同的频带，前向链路124可与反向链路126使用不同的频带。
再例如，在时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)系统和全双工(Full Duplex)系统中，前向链路118和反向链路120可使用共同频带，前向链路124和反向链路126可使用共同频带。
被设计用于通信的每个天线(或者由多个天线组成的天线组)和/或区域称为网络设备102的扇区。例如，可将天线组设计为与网络设备102覆盖区域的扇区中的终端设备通信。网络设备可以通过单个天线或多天线发射分集向其对应的扇区内所有的终端设备发送信号。在网络设备102通过前向链路118和124分别与终端设备116和122进行通信的过程中，网络设备102的发射天线也可利用波束成形来改善前向链路118和124的信噪比。此外，与网络设备通过单个天线或多天线发射分集向它所有的终端设备发送信号的方式相比，在网络设备102利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的终端设备116和122发送信号时，相邻小区中的移动设备会受到较少的干扰。
在给定时间，网络设备102、终端设备116或终端设备122可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时，无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地，无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中，传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。
此外，该通信系统100可以是PLMN网络或者D2D网络或者M2M网络或者其他网络，图1只是举例的简化示意图，网络中还可以包括其他网络设备，图1中未予以画出。
下面，对本发明实施例的用于无线通信的频域资源进行详细说明。
在本发明实施例中，网络设备和终端设备用于无线通信(例如，上行传输或下行传输)的频域资源是基于竞争机制使用的频域资源。
例如，网络设备和/或终端设备可以检测具有某一带宽(如，20MHz)的频域资源当前是否处于空闲状态，或者说，该频域资源是否被其他设备使用。
若该频域资源处于空闲状态，或者说，该频域资源未被其他设备使用，则网络设备和/或终端设备可以使用该频域资源进行通信，例如，进行上行传输或下行传输等。
若该频域资源不处于空闲状态，或者说，该频域资源已被其他设备使用，则网络设备和/或终端设备无法使用该频域资源。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，上述竞争机制的具体方法和过程可以与现有技术相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该通信系统100所使用的频域资源(或者说，网络设备和终端设备基于竞争机制使用的频域资源)也可以是许可频谱资源，即，本发明实施例的通信系统100是能够使用许可频段的通信系统，并且，系统100内的各通信设备(网络设备和/或终端设备)可以采用竞争方式使用该许可频段的频域资源。
“许可频域资源”也可以称为“许可频谱资源”或“许可载波”，是指需要国家或者地方无线委员会审批才可以使用的频域资源，不同系统例如LTE系统与WiFi系统，或者， 不同运营商包括的系统不可以共享使用许可频域资源。
许可频谱资源可以是由政府的无线电管理委员会划定，有专用用途的频谱资源，例如移动运营商使用、民航、铁路、警察专用的频谱资源，由于在政策上的排他性，许可频谱资源的业务质量一般可以得到保证，在进行调度控制时也相对容易。
或者，在本发明实施例中，该通信系统100所使用的频域资源(或者说，网络设备和终端设备基于竞争机制使用的频域资源)可以是免许可频域资源。
“免许可频域资源”也可以称为“免许可频谱资源”或“免许可载波”，是指各个通信设备可以共享使用免许可频段上的资源。其中，“共享免许可频段上的资源”可以是指：对特定频谱的使用只规定发射功率、带外泄露等指标上的限制，以保证共同使用该频段的多个设备之间满足基本的共存要求，运营商利用免许可频段资源可以达到网络容量分流的目的，但是需要遵从不同的地域和不同的频谱对免许可频段资源的法规要求。这些要求通常是为保护雷达等公共系统，以及保证多系统尽可能互相之间不造成有害影响、公平共存而制定的，包括发射功率限制、带外泄露指标、室内外使用限制，以及有的地域还有一些附加的共存策略等。例如，各通信设备能够采用竞争方式或者监听方式，例如，先听后说(Listen Before Talk，简称“LBT”)规定的方式使用的频域资源。
免许可频谱资源可以是由政府相关部门划定的频谱资源，但不对无线电技术、运营企业和使用年限进行限定，同时也不保证该频段的业务质量。应用免许可频谱资源的通信设备只需要满足发射功率、带外泄露等指标的要求，即可免费使用。常见的应用免许可频谱资源进行通。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该免许可频谱资源可以包括5千兆赫兹(Giga Hertz，GHz)附近的频段，2.4GHz附近的频段，3.5GHz附近的频段，60GHz附近的频段。
作为示例而非限定，例如，该通信系统100可以是使用免授权载波的辅助授权接入长期演进系统(Licensed-Assisted Access Using LTE，LAA-LTE)技术，也可以采用支持该通信系统在免许可频段独立部署的技术，例如Standalone LTE over unlicensed spectrum，或者，也可以采用免授权载波上的(LTE Advanced in Unlicensed Spectrums，LTE-U)技术，即，通信系统100可以将LTE系统独立部署到免许可频段，进而在免许可频段上采用LTE空口协议完成通信，该系统不包括许可频段。部署在免许可频段的LTE系统可以利用集中调度、干扰协调、混合自适应请求重传(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest，HARQ)等技术，相比Wi-Fi等接入技术，该技术具有更好的鲁棒性，可以获得更高的频谱效率，提供更大的覆盖范围以及更好的用户体验。
并且，作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，通信系统100可以采用例如，许可辅助接入(Licensed-Assisted Access，LAA)、双连接(Dual Connectivity，DC)、免许可辅助接入(Standalone)技术等。其中，LAA包括利用现有LTE系统中的载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation，CA)的配置和结构，以配置运营商许可频段上的载波(许可载波)进行通信为基础，配置多个免许可频段上的载波(免许可载波)并以许可载波为辅助利用免许可载波进行通信。也就是说，LTE设备可以通过CA的方式，将许可载波作为主成员载波(Primary Component Carrier，PCC)或主小区(Primary Cell，PCell)，将免许可载波作为辅成员载波(Secondary Component Carrier，SCC)或辅小区(Secondary Cell，SCell)。双连接DC技术包括将许可载波和免许可载波，通过非CA或者非理想回程(backhaul) 的方式联合使用的技术，或者，也包括将多个免许可载波通过非CA的方式联合使用的技术。LTE设备还可以通过独立部署的方式，直接部署在免许可载波上。
另外，需要说明的是，免许可频段上LTE系统的信息传输可以没有固定的帧结构。概括来说，接入网设备例如基站或小区可以根据下行业务负载和/或上行业务负载，或者其他考虑因素，决定在抢占到免许可频谱资源之后，确定下行信息的传输时长和/或上行信息的传输时长。进一步地，接入网设备在抢占到免许可频谱资源之后，可以灵活调整包括下行信息的时间单元(即下行时间单元)的个数、包括上行信息的时间单元(即上行时间单元)的个数、每个下行时间单元中包括的下行信息的传输时长、每个上行时间单元中包括的上行信息的传输时长。
并且，免许可频段上LTE系统的帧结构中引入了传输机会(Transmission Opportunity，TxOP)的概念，其中，传输机会也可以称为突发传输(Transmission Burst)，一个TxOP内可以包括下行突发传输(Downlink Transmission Burst，DL Transmission Burst)和/或上行突发传输(Uplink Transmission Burst，UL Transmission Burst)。
其中，下行突发传输(也可以称为：“下行突发数据传输”，或“下行突发信息传输”)可以包括：接入网设备(例如eNB)或接入网设备下的小区(Cell)在抢占到免许可频段资源之后，以不需要再通过竞争机制(例如，LBT)的方式利用该免许可频段资源进行的信息传输(或者说，数据传输)。一个下行突发传输的时间长度不大于该接入网设备(或该小区)在该免许可频段资源上不需要再通过竞争机制而可以连续传输的最大时间，该最大时间也可以称为最大信道占用时间(MCOT，Maximum Channel Occupied Time)。MCOT的长度可以与地域法规约束有关，例如，在日本，MCOT可以等于4ms；在欧洲，MCOT可以等于8ms，或者10ms，或者13ms。或者，MCOT的长度也可以与侦听设备(例如接入网设备或终端设备)采用的竞争机制有关，一般而言，侦听时间越短，MCOT就越短。再或者，MCOT的长度还可以与传输的业务等级有关。在本发明实施例中，MCOT还可以由其他因素决定，不做具体限定。
需要说明的是，在上述描述中，“以不需要再通过竞争机制的方式利用该免许可频段资源进行的信息传输”可以包括，接入网设备或小区在抢占到免许可频段资源之后，在该免许可频段资源上实际发送信息的时间内或在MCOT内，不需要再通过竞争机制评估该免许可频段资源是否可用。例如，以第一个TxOP中包括的下行突发传输为例，从该下行突发传输中的第二个子帧开始，该基站不需要再通过竞争机制评估该免许可频段资源是否可用。换句话说，在该下行突发数据传输之前，需要先确定该免许可频谱资源可用，一旦该下行突发开始传输，可以不重新评测该免许可频谱资源的可用性，直至该下行突发数据传输结束。
或者，“以不需要再通过竞争机制的方式利用该免许可频段资源进行的信息传输”还可以包括，接入网设备或小区在抢占到免许可频段资源之后，在该免许可频段资源上实际发送信息的时间内或在MCOT内，可以不需要考虑与异系统的共存而采用竞争机制，但是可以考虑与同系统的共存而采用竞争机制，这里，为了同系统的共存而采用的竞争机制，可以包括在抢占到免许可频段资源之后，在发送信息的时间或MCOT内，可以包括特定的时间单元(或称空闲的时间单元)，在此特定的时间单元内，基站或小区可以停止信息传输(或可以停止发送信息)，在此特定的时间单元内，基站或小区可以进行信道侦听来 重新评测该免许可频谱资源是否可用，也可以不进行信道侦听而在特定的时间单元内，继续在发送信息的时间或MCOT内发送信息。例如，从该下行突发传输开始到结束的时间范围内，接入网设备可以在任意时间位置停止发送信息一段时间。这里，对于LTE系统而言，非LTE系统可以看为异系统，例如WLAN系统，或者采用WiFi技术的系统；LTE系统可以看为同系统，无论是属于相同运营商的LTE系统还是属于不同运营商的LTE系统，都可以看为同系统。这里，LTE系统包括网络设备和/或终端设备。
类似地，上行突发传输(也可以称为：“上行突发数据传输”，或“上行突发信息传输”)可以包括：终端设备在抢占到免许可频段资源之后，以不需要再通过竞争机制(例如，LBT)的方式利用该免许可频段资源进行的信息传输。对于单个终端设备而言，其上行突发传输的时间长度可以不大于在该免许可频段资源上的MCOT，或者，对上行突发传输的时间长度也可以有其他限定。上行突发传输可以包括单个用户的信息传输，也可以包括多个用户的信息传输。从接入网设备侧，上行突发传输可以是TxOP内包括的上行信息传输。
并且，对于终端设备侧的“以不需要再通过竞争机制的方式利用该免许可频段资源进行的信息传输”的理解，和接入网设备侧相同，在此不做赘述。
其中，对于终端设备而言，同系统还可以理解为与该终端设备具有相同服务小区或服务接入网设备的终端设备。上行突发传输还包括，接入网设备在抢占到免许可频段资源之后，在该接入网设备不需要通过竞争机制利用该免许可频段进行信息传输的时间范围内，基于特定的时间延迟(例如基于4ms的时间延迟)，从可以调度到的第一个上行子帧到可以调度到的最后一个上行子帧之间终端设备进行的信息传输，例如，从第一个上行子帧到最后一个上行子帧之间的时间范围，为该上行突发传输对应的时间范围。在本发明实施例中，可以调度到的上行子帧用于上行信息传输的时间长度可以小于1ms。
在本发明实施例中，一个TxOP的时间长度可以不大于下行突发传输可以允许的最大传输时间长度，或者不大于上行突发传输可以允许的最大传输时间长度，或者不大于下行突发传输允许的最大传输时间长度与上行突发传输允许的最大时间长度之和，或者，一个突发传输的时间长度可以不大于该免许可频段资源上的MCOT。例如，对于一个给定设备，无论是接入网设备或者终端设备，或者是其他设备，在抢占到免许可频段资源之后，不需要再通过竞争机制可以传输数据的最大时间长度为8ms(对应上面提到的MCOT)，即，一个TxOP即使同时包括DL transmission burst和UL transmission burst，一个TxOP(或者说，Transmission Burst)的最大传输时间长度也是8ms。从而，上行突发传输可以采用一些容易使终端设备抢占到(或者说，竞争到)免许可频段资源的竞争机制。
如前所述，免许可频段上LTE系统的信息传输没有固定的帧结构，可以包括以下至少一项：不同的下行突发传输的时长可以不同，不同的上行突发传输的时长可以不同，不同的TxOP(可以是相邻的，也可以是不相邻的)包括的下行突发传输的时长可以不同，不同的TxOP包括的上行突发传输的时长可以不同，不同的TxOP的时长可以不同。在本发明实施例中，下行突发传输的时长包括，从下行突发的起始时刻到该下行突发的结束时刻之间的时间长度；上行突发传输的时长包括，从上行突发的起始时刻到该上行突发的结束时刻之间的时间长度。
以下，为了便于理解和说明，将突发传输简称为“突发”，将上行突发传输简称为“上行突发”，将下行突发传输简称为“下行突发”。
在本发明实施例中，一个突发传输(上行突发传输或下行突发传输)可以包括一个或多个时间单元。
并且，当一个突发传输包括多个时间单元时，该突发传输中的多个时间单元可以是连续也可以是非连续的(例如，某些相邻的时间单元之间隔有时间间隔)，本发明并未特别限定。
可选地，每个突发传输包括的多个连续的时间单元中，各时间单元的时间长度相同。
即，在本发明实施例中，一个突发传输中的各时间单元可以均为完整的时间单元。完整的时间单元是指，该时间单元中用于下行信息传输或者上行信息传输的时间长度等于该时间单元的时间长度。
例如，一个下行突发传输中的各时间单元可以均为完整的时间单元，即，下行突发传输中的各时间单元用于下行信息传输的时间长度相同；又例如，一个上行突发传输中的各时间单元均为完整的时间单元，即，上行突发传输中的各时间单元用于上行信息传输的时间长度相同。
或者，可选地，每个突发传输包括的多个连续的时间单元中，至少两个时间单元的时间长度不相同。
即，在本发明实施例中，一个突发传输中的部分时间单元可以为不完整的时间单元。
例如，一个下行突发传输中的第一个时间单元可以为不完整的时间单元，可以理解为，第一个时间单元中用于下行信息传输的时间长度可以小于第一个时间单元的长度。例如时间单元用子帧表示，那么一个下行突发传输中的第一个子帧中用于下行信息传输的时间可以小于1ms；或者，一个下行突发传输中的最后一个时间单元可以为不完整的时间单元，可以理解为，最后一个时间单元中用于下行信息传输的时间长度可以小于最后一个时间单元的长度。例如时间单元用子帧表示，那么一个下行突发传输中的最后一个子帧用于下行信息传输的时间可以小于1ms；或者，一个下行突发传输中的第一个时间单元和最后一个时间单元均为不完整的时间单元。
又例如，一个上行突发传输中的第一个时间单元可以为不完整的时间单元，可以理解为，第一个时间单元中用于上行信息传输的时间长度可以小于第一个时间单元的长度。例如时间单元用子帧表示，那么一个上行突发传输中的第一个子帧中用于上行信息传输的时间可以小于1ms；或者，一个上行突发传输中的最后一个时间单元可以为不完整的时间单元，可以理解为，最后一个时间单元中用于上行信息传输的时间长度可以小于最后一个时间单元的长度。例如时间单元用子帧表示，那么一个上行突发传输中的最后一个子帧用于上行信息传输的时间可以小于1ms；或者，一个上行突发传输中的第一个时间单元和最后一个时间单元均为不完整的时间单元。
另外，在本发明实施例中，相邻的突发传输彼此之间可以隔有时间间隔，例如，由于接入网设备在一个下行突发结束之后，可能需要重新评估免许可频谱资源是否可用，因此相邻的突发传输彼此之间可以隔有一个或多个时间单元。
在本发明实施例中，一个突发传输中的时间单元可以用于传输一个终端设备的数据，也可以用于传输多个终端设备的数据，本发明并未特别限定，例如，同一接入网设备所服务的多个终端设备可以采用频分复用或时分复用或空分复用等方式通过一个突发传输中的时间单元，接收该接入网设备发送的数据。又例如，同一接入网设备所服务的多个终端 设备可以采用频分复用或时分复用或空分复用等方式通过一个突发传输中的时间单元，向该接入网设备发送数据。
在本发明实施例中，各突发传输可以是预先划分的(或者说，静态或半静态配置的)，即，各突发传输通信系统的高层管理设备划分并通知各接入网设备的，或者，各突发传输的划分方式也可以由通信协议规定的，或者，各突发传输的划分方式通过出厂设置或管理员设置等方式预先存储在各接入网设备中。例如，对于相同的免许可频谱资源，各接入网设备可以通过时分复用的方式，使用该免许可频谱资源，具体对应的时间使用范围可以通过高层管理设备划分，在划分的时间使用范围内，也需要通过信道评测使用该免许可频谱资源。
或者，在本发明实施例中，各突发传输也可以是各接入网设备自主确定的(或者说，动态变化的)，即，各接入网设备可以采用竞争方式确定可使用的时间单元，并将所竞争到的一个或多个时间单元作为一个或多个突发传输，例如，接入网设备可以将竞争到的多个时间单元配置在同一突发传输中。
网络设备在进行下行传输之前，需要先通过例如，LBT等方式确认网络设备调度的频域资源(例如，网络设备调度的免许可频段上的资源)是否可用，至于具体在什么位置进行LBT，本发明不做具体限定。
终端设备在进行上行传输之前，需要先通过例如，LBT等方式确认网络设备调度的频域资源(例如，网络设备调度的免许可频段上的资源)是否可用，至于具体在什么位置进行LBT，本发明不做具体限定。
在本发明实施例中，一个突发传输中的各时间单元可以均为包括相同符号个数的时间单元。
例如，一个突发传输中的各时间单元的长度均为一个子帧。
又例如，一个突发传输中的各时间单元的长度均为2个符号。
或者，可选地，每个突发传输包括的多个连续的时间单元中，至少两个时间单元的时间长度不相同。
即，在本发明实施例中，一个突发传输中的各时间单元中至少有两个时间单元包括不同的符号个数。
例如，一个突发传输中的除第一个时间单元和/或最后一个时间单元外的时间单元的时间长度为1ms(即1个子帧)。并且，一个突发传输中的第一个时间单元的时间长度可以小于1ms；或者，一个突发传输中的最后一个时间单元的时间长度可以小于1ms；或者，一个突发传输中的第一个时间单元和最后一个时间单元的时间长度均小于1ms。需要说明的是，上述第一个时间单元和最后一个时间单元的时间长度可以相同，也可以不同。
又例如，一个突发传输中的一个时间单元的时间长度可以为小于8的任意正整数个符号，例如一个突发传输中包括6个时间单元，每个时间单元对应的时间长度为3个符号、2个符号、2个符号、2个符号、2个符号、3个符号。
在本发明实施例中，一个突发传输中的时间单元可以用于传输一个终端设备的数据，也可以用于传输多个终端设备的数据，本发明实施例并未特别限定，例如，同一接入网设备所服务的多个终端设备可以采用频分复用或时分复用或空分复用或码分复用等方式通过一个突发传输中的时间单元，接收该接入网设备发送的数据。又例如，同一接入网设备 所服务的多个终端设备可以采用频分复用或时分复用或空分复用或码分复用等方式通过一个突发传输中的时间单元，向该接入网设备发送数据。
在本发明实施例中，各突发传输可以是预先划分的(或者说，静态或半静态配置的)，即，各突发传输通信系统的高层管理设备划分并通知各接入网设备的，或者，各突发传输的划分方式也可以由通信协议规定的，或者，各突发传输的划分方式通过出厂设置或管理员设置等方式预先存储在各接入网设备中。例如，对于相同的免许可频谱资源，各接入网设备可以通过时分复用的方式，使用该免许可频谱资源，具体对应的时间使用范围可以通过高层管理设备划分，在划分的时间使用范围内，也需要通过信道评测使用该免许可频谱资源。
或者，在本发明实施例中，各突发传输也可以是各接入网设备自主确定的(或者说，动态变化的)，即，各接入网设备可以采用竞争方式确定可使用的时间单元，并将所竞争到的一个或多个时间单元作为一个或多个突发传输，例如，接入网设备可以将竞争到的多个时间单元配置在同一突发传输中。
另外，在本发明实施例的某些实施例中，网络设备可以仅提供一个或多个免许可小区(或者，也可以称为免许可载波)，或者，网络设备可以仅提供一个或多个许可小区(或者，也可以称为许可载波)，或者，网络设备可以提供免许可小区和许可小区双方，本发明并未特别限定。
下面，对本发明实施例的信道的传输方式进行说明。
在本发明实施例中，通信系统100中的各通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)可以基于免调度传输方案使用资源(例如，频域资源)进行通信，也可以基于调度方式使用资源(例如，频域资源)进行通信，本发明实施例并未特别限定。下面，分别对调度方式和免调度方式进行说明。
A.调度方式
具体的说，在本发明实施例中，信道的传输(例如，上行信道的传输或下行信道的传输)可以是基于网络设备的调度来进行。作为示例而非限定，该调度的周期可以是，例如，传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval，TTI)或短传输时间间隔(short Transmission Time Interval，sTTI)。
具体的调度流程是网络设备发送控制信道，例如，物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)或增强物理下行控制信道(Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel，EPDCCH)或用于调度sTTI传输的物理下行控制信道(sTTI Physical Downlink Control Channel，sPDCCH)，该控制信道可以承载使用不同的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)格式的用于调度物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，PDSCH)或物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH”)的调度信息，该调度信息包括比如资源分配信息，调制编码方式等控制信息。终端设备检测控制信道，并根据检测出的控制信道中承载的调度信息来进行下行数据信道的接收或上行数据信道的发送。当引入sTTI技术后，控制信道中承载的调度信息可以指示TTI长度为1ms(传输时间长度为1ms)或TTI长度小于1ms(传输时间长度小于1ms)的下行数据信道接收或上行数据信道发送。
B.免调度方式
具体的说，为了解决未来网络大量的MTC类业务，以及满足低时延、高可靠的业务传输，可以使用免调度传输方案。在本发明实施例中，数据的传输也可以是免调度的。免调度传输英文可以表示为Grant Free。这里的免调度传输可以针对的是上行数据传输或下行数据传输。免调度传输可以理解为如下含义的任意一种含义，或，多种含义，或者多种含义中的部分技术特征的组合或其他类似含义：
免调度传输可以指：网络设备预先分配并告知终端设备多个传输资源；终端设备有上行数据传输需求时，从网络设备预先分配的多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据；网络设备在所述预先分配的多个传输资源中的一个或多个传输资源上检测终端设备发送的上行数据。所述检测可以是盲检测，也可能根据所述上行数据中某一个控制域进行检测，或者是其他方式进行检测。
免调度传输可以指：网络设备预先分配并告知终端设备多个传输资源，以使终端设备有上行数据传输需求时，从网络设备预先分配的多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据。
免调度传输可以指：获取预先分配的多个传输资源的信息，在有上行数据传输需求时，从所述多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源，使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据。获取的方式可以从网络设备获取。
免调度传输可以指：不需要网络设备动态调度即可实现终端设备的上行数据传输的方法，所述动态调度可以是指网络设备为终端设备的每次上行数据传输通过信令来指示传输资源的一种调度方式。可选地，实现终端设备的上行数据传输可以理解为允许两个或两个以上终端设备的数据在相同的时频资源上进行上行数据传输。可选地，所述传输资源可以是终端设备接收所述的信令的时刻以后的一个或多个传输时间单元的传输资源。一个传输时间单元可以是指一次传输的最小时间单元，比如TTI。
免调度传输可以指：终端设备在不需要网络设备调度的情况下进行上行数据传输。所述调度可以指终端设备发送上行调度请求给网络设备，网络设备接收调度请求后，向终端设备发送上行许可，其中所述上行许可指示分配给终端设备的上行传输资源。
免调度传输可以指：一种竞争传输方式，具体地可以指多个终端在预先分配的相同的时频资源上同时进行上行数据传输，而无需基站进行调度。
所述的数据可以为包括业务数据或者信令数据。
所述盲检测可以理解为在不预知是否有数据到达的情况下，对可能到达的数据进行的检测。所述盲检测也可以理解为没有显式的信令指示下的检测。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，免调度传输的基本时间单元可以是一个TTI(例如，包括上述sTTI)。当引入sTTI技术后，免调度传输可以包括在TTI长度为1ms(传输时间长度为1ms)或TTI长度小于1ms(传输时间长度小于1ms)的下行数据信道接收或上行数据信道发送。
在本发明实施例中，通信系统100所使用的系统频域资源可以是上述许可频域资源或免许可频域资源中具有规定带宽的资源。作为示例而非限定，该系统频域资源可以是上述许可频域资源或免许可频域资源中带宽为例如80MHz的一段频谱资源。应理解，以上列举的系统频域资源的大小仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此。
在本发明实施例中，该系统频域资源可以全部为许可频域资源，或者，该系统频域资 源也可以全部为免许可频域资源，再或者，该系统频域资源中的部分资源可以为许可频域资源，该系统频域资源中的另一部分资源可以为免许可频域资源，本发明并未特别限定。
并且，作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该系统频域资源可以被划分为多个子频带。并且，作为示例而非限定，每个子频带可以包括一个或多个子载波。
在本发明实施例中，该系统频域资源中的多个子频带的带宽可以相同。作为示例而非限定，例如，每个子频带的带宽可以为例如20MHz。应理解，以上列举的子频带的大小仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，可以根据实际需要任意调每个整子带宽的大小。
或者，该系统频域资源中的部分子频带的带宽可以不相同，例如，系统频域资源中的某些(一个或多个)子频带的带宽可以为例如20MHz，系统频域资源中的另一些(一个或多个)子频带的带宽可以为例如10MHz。应理解，以上列举的子频带的大小仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，可以根据实际需要任意调整每个子带宽的大小。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，子带宽的大小可以基于终端设备对资源进行检测(或者说，竞争)时使用的单位(或者说，终端设备在一次检测或竞争过程中检测或竞争的对象的大小)确定。
例如，在本发明实施例中，设该终端设备对资源进行检测(或者说，竞争)时使用的单位为α，该子带宽的大小为β，则该α和β之间的关系可以满足：β≤α。
并且，在本发明实施例中，每个子频带的大小可以是由网络设备确定并通过信令等通知终端设备。或者，在本发明实施例中，每个子频带的大小也可以是由通信系统或通信协议规定，本发明并未特别限定。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，通信系统中的每个TTI可以包括X个(至少两个)时域起点，X≥2。
并且，作为示例而非限定，例如，每个TTI包括的时域起点的数量可以与每个TTI包括的时隙的数量相同。
具体的说，在本发明实施例中，网络设备或终端设备可以将一个TTI中的任意一个时隙的起点(或者说，该TTI的任意一个时域起点)作为使用该TTI进行传输的起始时刻。
在现有技术中，每个TTI仅包括一个时域起点，即，TTI中的第一个时隙的起点，即，如果网络设备或终端设备无法在一个TTI(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作：TTI#1)的时域起点之前确认能够竞争到该TTI#1(具体地说，是TTI#1上的基于竞争机制使用的频域资源)，则网络设备或终端设备无法使用TTI#1。
与此相对，在本发明实施例中，如果网络设备或终端设备在TTI#1的一个时域起点(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作：时域起点#1)之前竞争到TTI#1(具体地说，是TTI#1上的基于竞争机制使用的频域资源)，则网络设备或终端设备可以自该时域起点#1开始，使用该TTI#1(具体地说，是TTI#1上的基于竞争机制使用的频域资源)进行通信。
下面，对本发明实施例的传输对象，即，上行信道和下行信道，进行示例性说明。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中上行信道可以包括但不限于以下一种或多种信息：
1.上行数据信道，例如，PUSCH。
并且，作为示例而非限定，该PUSCH可以包括上行参考信号和/或上行数据。
2.上行控制信道，作为示例而非限定，该上行控制信道可以包括以下至少一种信息：
2-1.反馈信息
在本发明实施例中，该上行控制信息可以包括针对下行数据的反馈信息。
具体的说，在本发明实施例中，下行数据的传输可以采用反馈技术，作为示例而非限定，该反馈技术可以包括例如，混合自动重传请求(HARQ，Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request)技术。
其中，HARQ技术是一种将前向纠错编码(Forward Error Correction，FEC)和自动重传请求(Automatic Repeat Request，ARQ)相结合而形成的技术。
例如，在HARQ技术中，接收端在从发送端接收到数据后，可以确定该数据是否准确译码。如果不能准确译码，则接收端可以向发送端反馈非确认(Negative-acknowledge，NACK)信息，从而，发送端可以基于NACK信息，确定接收端没有准确接收到数据，从而可以进行重传处理；如果能够准确译码，则接收端可以向发送端反馈确认(Acknowledge，ACK)信息，从而，发送端可以基于ACK信息，确定接收端准确接收到数据，从而可以确定完成了数据传输。
即，在本发明实施例中，当接收端解码成功时可以向发送端ACK信息，在解码失败时可以向发送端反馈NACK信息
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，上行控制信息可以包括HARQ技术中的ACK信息或NACK信息。
应理解，以上列举的反馈信息包括的内容仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，其他能够指示终端设备对下行数据的接收情况的信息，均落入本发明的保护范围内，例如，该反馈信息还可以包括非连续传输(DTX，Discontinuous Transmission)信息，该DTX信息可以用于指示终端设备未接收到下行数据。
2-2.信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indicator，CQI)信息
在本发明实施例中，CQI可以用来反映物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，PDSCH)的信道质量。作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，可以用0～15来表示PDSCH的信道质量。0表示信道质量最差，15表示信道质量最好。
在本发明实施例中，终端设备可以在物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)或物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)上向网络设备发送CQI信息。网络设备可以CQI信息根据，确定当前PDSCH或PUSCH的无线信道条件，进而完成针对PDSCH的调度，例如，在本发明实施例中，网络设备可以基于CQI信息确定自适应编码调制(Adaptive Modulation and Coding，AMC)、调制与编码策略(Modulation and Coding Scheme，MCS)、上行传输或下行传输的码率或数据量等。
2-3.秩指示(Rank Indication，RI)信息
在本发明实施例中，RI信息可以用于指示PDSCH的有效的数据层数，或者说，RI信息可以用于指示终端设备当前可以支持的码字(Code Word，CW)数。
2-4.预编码矩阵指示(Precoding Matrix Indicator，PMI)信息
在本发明实施例中，PMI信息可以用于指示码本集合的索引(index)。即，在使用多天线技术，例如，多输入多输出(Multiple-Input Multiple-Output，MIMO)技术中，在PDSCH物理层的基带处理中，会进行基于预编码矩阵的预编码处理(precoding)。终端设备可以通过PMI信息指示预编码矩阵，从而，能够提高PDSCH的信号质量。
3.接入信道，例如，物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel，PRACH)。作为示例而非限定，接入信道可以是指终端设备发起呼叫时的接入信道，即，终端设备在接收到例如，快速物理接入信道(Fast Physical Access Channel，FPACH)响应消息后，会根据网络设备指示的信息在PRACH信道发送无线资源控制连接请求(Radio Resource Control Connection Request，RRC Connection Request)消息，进行RRC连接的建立。
应理解，以上列举的上行信道承载的信息仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，现有技术中其他能够通过上行信道传输的信息均落入本发明的保护范围内。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中下行信道可以包括但不限于下行数据信道，例如，PDSCH。并且，作为示例而非限定，该PDSCH可以包括下行参考信号和/或下行数据。
应理解，以上列举的下行信道承载的信息仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，现有技术中其他能够通过下行信道传输的信息均落入本发明的保护范围内。
下面，结合图2，对本发明实施例的传输上行信道的方法200进行详细说明。
图2示意性示出了网络设备#A(即，网络设备的一例)与终端设备#A(即，终端设备的一例)之间传输上行信道#A(即，上行数据的一例)的过程。
如图2所示，在S210，网络设备#A可以从上述系统频域资源中为终端设备#A分配用于上行传输(例如，包括该上行信道#A的传输)的时频资源。
其中，该时频资源可以为多个，该多个时频资源中的时频资源#A(即，第一上行时频资源的一例)是网络设备#A分配的用于承载该上行信道#A。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#A可以为终端设备#A调度多个上行信道，或者说，网络设备#A可以为终端设备#A分配包括该时频资源#A在内的多个时频资源，其中，每个时频资源上可以承载一个上行信道。以下，为了便于理解和说明，不失一般性，以基于该时频资源#A进行的处理过程为例，进行说明。
其中，网络设备确定该时频资源#A的方法和过程可以与现有技术相同，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
并且，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#A可以通过一个或多个调度信息#A(即，调度信息的一例，例如，下行控制信息)指示终端设备#A可以通过该时频资源#A进行上行传输。
在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#A的使用方式可以是基于调度的方式，也可以是基于免调度的方式，本发明并未特别限定。
例如，当时频资源#A的使用方式可以是基于调度的方式时，该时频资源#A可以是网络设备#A在确定终端设备#A需要进行上行传输之后为该终端设备#A分配的，并且，该调度信息#A可以是网络设备#A在确定终端设备#A需要进行上行传输之后发送给该终端设备#A的。
再例如，当时频资源#A的使用方式可以是基于免调度的方式时，该时频资源#A可以是网络设备#A在确定终端设备#A需要进行上行传输之前为该终端设备#A分配的，并且，该信息#A可以是网络设备#A在确定终端设备#A需要进行上行传输之前发送给该终端设备#A的。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该调度信息#A可以指示上述时频资源#A的大小，例如，该调度信息#A可以指示上述时频资源#A包括的时频资源块(Resource Block， RB)的数量，为了便于理解和说明，记作：RB数量#A。
或者，该调度信息#A可以指示时频资源#A对应的频域资源的大小(或者说，带宽)，例如，该调度信息#A可以指示时频资源#A包括的子载波的数量。
或者，该调度信息#A可以指示时频资源#A对应的时域资源的大小，例如，该调度信息#A可以指示时频资源#A包括的符号的数量。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该调度信息#A还可以指示时频资源#A在系统频域资源中的位置。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该调度信息#A还可以指示终端设备在使用该时频资源#A进行上行传输时使用的调制与编码策略(Modulation and Coding Scheme，MCS)的索引，为了便于理解和说明，记作：MCS索引#A。
应理解，以上列举的该调度信息#A功能(或者说，指示的内容)仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，该调度信息#A功能可以与现有技术中用于指示上行传输的相关参数的信息(例如，下行控制信息或资源调度信息)的功能相似，例如，该调度信息#A也可以是现有技术中用于指示终端设备进行上行传输时所使用的相关参数的信息。
在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#A在频域上占用至少两个(即，M个)子频带。在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#A在频域上占用至少两个(即，M个)子频带，或者说，时频资源#A包括的RB在频域上位于至少两个子频带，或者说，时频资源#A包括的子载波在频域上位于至少两个子频带。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例中，“该时频资源#A在频域上占用至少两个(即，M个)子频带”可以是指：时频资源#A对应的频域资源分布在M个子频带中。
具体的说，在本发明实施例中，每个子频带上可以包括多个频域资源。
并且，在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#A可以包括多个频域资源。
其中，该时频资源#A中的多个频域资源由该M个子频带中的每个子频带上的频域资源构成。
例如，时频资源#A可以包括该M个子频带中的每个子频带中的部分频域资源。
或者，该时频资源#A可以包括该M个子频带中的每个子频带中的全部频域资源。
或者说，时频资源#A包括的位于该M个子频带中的子频带m上的频域资源，可以是该子频带m中的部分频域资源，m∈[1，M]。
或者，时频资源#A包括的位于该M个子频带中的子频带m上的频域资源，可以是该子频带m中的全部频域资源，m∈[1，M]。
即，在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#A占用至少两个子频带可以是指时频资源#A占用至少两个子频带中的全部资源。或者，该时频资源#A占用至少两个子频带也可以是指时频资源#A占用至少两个子频带中的部分资源。
在本发明实施例中，该调度信息#A可以是一个(即，情况1)，或者，该调度信息#A可以是多个(即，情况2)，下面，分别对以上两种情况下的具体传输过程进行详细说明。
情况1
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，可以通过一个调度信息#A指示终端设备#A可以通过该时频资源#A进行上行信道的传输(例如，传输PUSCH)。
在本发明实施例中，该调度信息#A可以是资源分配信息，例如，该调度信息#A还可 以用于指示该时频资源#A的大小和位置。
或者，在本发明实施例中，该调度信息#A可以是触发终端设备#A通过时频资源#A进行上行传输的调度信息。作为示例而非限定，此情况下，网络设备#A可以预先通过资源分配信息通知终端设备#A该时频资源#A的大小和位置。
以下，为了避免赘述，省略对相同或相似情况的说明。
此外，在本发明实施例中，该调度信息#A还可以指示在通过时频资源#A传输数据时使用的传输参数。
作为示例而非限定，该传输参数可以包括但不限于：
在通过时频资源#A传输数据时使用的MCS索引、在通过时频资源#A传输数据时使用的传输块大小TBS、在通过时频资源#A传输数据时使用的调制阶数、在通过时频资源#A传输数据时使用的码率、在通过时频资源#A传输数据时使用的冗余版本、在通过时频资源#A传输数据时使用的天线端口、在通过时频资源#A传输数据时使用的预编码矩阵索引等。
情况2
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#A可以向终端设备#A发送P个(至少两个)调度信息#A。
此情况下，该P个调度信息#A中的每个调度信息#A指示的时频资源构成上述时频资源#A，或者说，该P个调度信息#A中的每个信息指示的时频资源在频域上所占用(或者说，属于)的子频带构成上述时频资源#A在频域上所占用(或者说，属于)的子频带，P≥2。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该P个调度信息#A中的任意两个信息指示的时频资源在频域上可以不互相重叠，即，上述时频资源#A在频域上可以被划分为P个部分，P个调度信息#A中的每个信息指示该P个部分中的一个部分。
或者，在本发明实施例中，该P个调度信息#A指示的时频资源在频域上可以具有嵌套结构，例如，该P个调度信息#A中的一个信息可以指示时频资源#A的全部(或者说，时频资源#A所占用的全部子频带)，该P个调度信息#A中的另一个信息可以指示时频资源#A的部分(或者说，时频资源#A所占用的部分子频带)。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，设该P个调度信息#A中的调度信息#Ai指示的时频资源为时频资源i，则该调度信息#Ai还可以指示在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的传输参数，其中，i∈[1，P]。
作为示例而非限定，该传输参数可以包括但不限于：
在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的MCS索引、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的传输块大小、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的调制阶数、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的码率、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的冗余版本、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的天线端口、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的预编码矩阵索引等。
不失一般性，以下，为了便于理解和说明，设该时频资源#A的带宽为80MHz，该时频资源#A包括4个子频带(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：子频带#1～子频带#4)，每个子频带的带宽为20MHz。
从而，在S210，终端设备#A可以确定用于承载上行信道#A的时频资源#A，具体地说，终端设备#A可以确定该时频资源#A在频域上的大小(或者说，带宽)和位置，以及 该时频资源#A占用的子频带的数量和位置。
在S220，终端设备#A可以对该时频资源#A(具体的说，是该时频资源#A占用的子频带，例如，上述子频带#1～子频带#4)进行检测(或者说，竞争或监听)，以确定该子频带#1～子频带#4中能够使用的子频带。作为示例而非限定，该“检测”可以包括信道空闲评测(Clear Channel Assessment)，或者，该“检测”可以包括LBT。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以以子频带为单位进行检测，即，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以检测一个子频带是否可用。
或者，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以以多个(至少两个)子频带为单位进行检测。
或者，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以以系统的单载波带宽为单位进行检测。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以基于LBT方式，进行上述检测(或者说，竞争或监听)，并且，该过程可以与现有技术相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
从而，在S220，终端设备#A能够从时频资源#A(具体的说，是该时频资源#A包括的子频带，例如，上述子频带#1～子频带#4)中，确定被终端设备#A使用的时频资源(即，第二上行时频资源的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记作时频资源#A’)。或者，终端设备#A能够确定该时频资源#A’所占用的子频带(即，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作：子频带#A)，其中，该子频带#A可以是一个也可以是多个，本发明并未特别限定，并且，该时频资源#A’对应的频域资源可以是该子频带#A中的全部频域资源，或者，该时频资源#A’对应的频域资源也可以是该子频带#A中的部分频域资源，本发明并未特别限定。或者说，在本发明实施例中，M(即，时频资源#A占用的子频带的数量)可以大于K(即，时频资源#A’占用的子频带的数量)，或者M也可以等于K，本发明并未特别限定。并且，上述两种情况下的处理过程可以相似。
作为示例而非限定，例如，在情况2中，当P个调度信息#A指示的时频资源在频域上具有嵌套结构时，终端设备#A可以将时频资源#1(即，时频资源#A’的一例)所属于的子频带作为子频带#A，其中，终端设备#A对该时频资源#1所占用的子频带进行的竞争处理(例如，LBT)成功，并且，且该时频资源#1由P个调度信息#A中的一个调度信息(即，Q个调度信息的一例)指示。
再例如，在情况2中，当该P个调度信息#A中的任意两个信息指示的时频资源在频域上可以不互相重叠时，终端设备#A可以将时频资源#2(即，时频资源#A’的另一例)所占用的子频带作为子频带#A，其中，终端设备#A对该时频资源#2所属于的子频带进行的竞争处理(例如，LBT)成功，并且，且该时频资源#2包括多个部分，该多个部分由P个调度信息#A中的多个信息(即，Q个调度信息的另一例)分别指示，例如，该多个部分与P个调度信息#A中的多个调度信息可以具有一一对应关系，每个部分由所对应的调度信息指示。
在S230，终端设备#A可以通过子频带#A上的时频资源#A’，向网络设备#A发送上行信道#A。
下面，对该传输过程进行详细说明。
首先，对传输该上行信道#A时使用的传输块大小(Transport Block Size，TBS)进行 说明。
作为示例而非限定，例如，在上述情况1中，在本发明实施例中，在终端设备#A中还可以存储映射关系表(例如，MCS表)，该映射关系表可以用于指示多个参数集合和多个传输块大小(Transport Block Size，TBS)之间的映射关系，其中，每个参数集合包括一个RB数量值和一个MCS索引。
并且，如上所述，调度信息#A还可以用于指示RB数量#A(例如，时频资源#A包括的RB的数量)和MCS索引#A，从而，终端设备#A可以基于该RB数量#A和MCS索引#A，从映射关系表中查找与RB数量#A和MCS索引#A对应的TBS(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作TBS#A)。
即，该TBS#A可以是网络设备#A分配给终端设备#A的用于在时频资源#A上进行上行传输(例如，传输上行信道#A)的TBS。
在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A和网络设备#A可以使用该TBS#A(即，第一TBS的一例)，在时频资源#A’上传输上行信道#A(即，方式1)或者，终端设备#A和网络设备#A可以使用该TBS#A’(即，第二TBS的一例)，在时频资源#A’上传输上行信道#A(即，方式2)，下面，分别对上述两种方式进行详细说明。
方式1
可选地，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以基于该TBS#A，通过子频带#A(具体地说，是子频带#A中的时频资源#A’)向网络设备#A发送上行信道#A。
即，在本发明实施例中，上行信道#A承载对TBS#A的TB进行信道编码后的信息。
例如，终端设备#A可以确定该TBS#A和MCS索引#A，并且，终端设备#A可以确定MCS索引#A对应的调制阶数，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记作：调制阶数#A(即，第一上行调制阶数的一例)。
从而，终端设备#A可以基于TBS#A和调制阶数#A，通过子频带#A向网络设备#A发送上行信道#A。其中，该过程可以与现有技术通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)基于TBS和MCS传输数据的方法和过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
再例如，终端设备#A可以基于该TBS#A和调制阶数#A’，通过子频带#A(具体地说，是子频带#A中的时频资源#A’)向网络设备#A发送上行信道#A。
其中，该调制阶数#A与调制阶数#A’相异。
作为示例而非限定，该调制阶数#A’可以大于调制阶数#A。
作为示例而非限定，该调制阶数#A’可以是终端设备#A确定的。
例如，该终端设备#A可以基于时频资源#A’确定调制阶数#A’。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，时频资源#A’包括的RB数量(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作：RB数量#A’)小于时频资源#A包括的RB的数量(即，RB数量#A)，即，终端设备#A发送上行信道#A所能够使用的资源的数量减小，因此，终端设备#A可以提高针对上行信道#A的调制阶数(即，调制阶数#A’)，以使终端设备#A根据调制阶数#A’通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A时使用的码率低于终端设备#A根据调制阶数#A通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A时使用的码率。
此情况下，终端设备#A还可以向网络设备#A发送该调制阶数#A’的指示信息(例如，该调制阶数#A’所对应的MCS索引的指示信息)，从而，网络设备#A能够确定该调制阶 数#A’，并基于该调制阶数#B和该TBS#A，对通过时频资源#A’接收到的信号进行解析，以获取上行信道#A，其中，该过程可以与现有技术通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)基于TBS和调制阶数对信号进行解析以获取数据的方法和过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
应理解，以上列举的调制阶数#A’的确定过程仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此。
例如，该调制阶数#A’也可以是通信系统规定的。作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，通信系统可以规定调制阶数#X，该调制阶数#X为：当通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)实际使用的时频资源是预先调度的时频资源中的部分时频资源时，通信设备基于该实际使用的时频资源进行通信时使用的调制阶数。从而，终端设备#A或网络设备#A可以将上述调制阶数#X作为调制阶数#A’。
再例如，该调制阶数#A’也可以是网络设备预先指示的。作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，网络设备可以通过例如，RRC信令等，向终端设备指示调制阶数#X，该调制阶数#X为：当通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)实际使用的时频资源是预先调度的时频资源中的部分时频资源时，通信设备基于该实际使用的时频资源进行通信时使用的调制阶数，从而，终端设备#A或网络设备#A可以将上述调制阶数#X作为调制阶数#A’。
再例如，该调制阶数#A’也可以是网络设备通过上述调度信息#A指示给终端设备的。具体的说，在使用基于竞争机制使用的时频资源进行信道传输的情况下，网络设备可以预期到终端设备或终端设备可能无法使竞争到所调度的全部时频资源，此情况下，网络设备可以预先确定调制阶数#X，该调制阶数#X为：当通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)实际使用的时频资源是预先调度的时频资源中的部分时频资源时，通信设备基于该实际使用的时频资源进行通信时使用的调制阶数。从而，网络设备可以通过例如，调度信息等，在为终端设备分配时频资源时，同时指示该调制阶数#X。从而，终端设备#A或网络设备#A可以将上述调制阶数#X作为调制阶数#A’。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，网络设备或通信系统可以预先规定多个(例如，两个)MCS集合(或MCS配置集合)，其中，每个MCS集合包括至少一个MCS索引。
并且，网络设备和终端设备可以确定每个MCS集合所包括的MCS索引所对应的调制阶数。例如，一个MCS集合可以是一个对应关系表项，该对应关系表项可以用于指示该MCS集合所包括的每个MCS索引所对应的调制阶数。
此情况下，网络设备或终端设备可以从该多个MCS集合中选择一个作为通过时频资源#A’传输上行信道时使用的MCS集合。
例如，在本发明实施例中，该多个MCS集合与多个资源大小(或者说，多个子频带的数量)具有对应关系。从而，网络设备和终端设备可以基于上述对应关系，确定该时频资源#A’的大小(或者，时频资源#A’占用的子频带的数量)所对应的MCS集合(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记作：MCS集合#0)，从而，网络设备和终端设备可以将该MCS集合#0指示的当前使用的MCS索引(例如，网络设备指示给终端设备的MCS索引)所对应的调制阶数，作为调制阶数#A’。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，网络设备或通信系统可以预先规定至少两个MCS集合，其中，该至少两个MCS集合中的第一MCS集合是在终端设备竞争到网络设备分配的全部子频带时使用的MCS集合，该至少两个MCS集合中的第二MCS集合是在终端设备竞争 到网络设备分配的部分子频带时使用的MCS集合，从而，网络设备和终端设备可以根据终端设备对网络设备分配的子频带的竞争情况(例如，该时频资源#A’占用的子频带是否为时频资源#A占用的子频带的全部(或部分)的情况)，确定在确定调制阶数#A’时使用的MCS集合(或者说，通过时频资源#A’传输上行信道时使用的MCS集合)，进而，网络设备和终端设备可以基于所确定的MCS集合，确定调制阶数A’。例如，当终端设备竞争到网络设备分配的子频带中的全部子频带时，终端设备和网络设备可以使用第一MCS集合确定调制阶数#A’；当终端设备竞争到网络设备分配的子频带中的部分子频带时，终端设备和网络设备可以使用第二MCS集合确定调制阶数#A’。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，每个TTI可以对应一个MCS集合，从而，网络设备和终端设备可以根据确定与该时频资源#A’所属于的TTI相对应的MCS集合，进而，网络设备和终端设备基于通过上述过程确定的MCS集合，确定调制阶数A’。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，当终端设备#A进行多个子帧(或TTI)的上行传输时，可以对不同的子帧(或TTI)采用不同的MCS集合。例如，网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的第一个或前几个子帧(或TTI)使用第一MCS集合，其余的包括最后1个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用第二MCS集合；或者网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的第一个或前几个子帧(或TTI)使用第二MCS集合，其余的包括最后1个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用第一MCS集合。
再例如，网络设备可以(例如，通过调度信息或下行控制信息等)指示终端设备在确定调制阶数#A’时使用的MCS集合(或者说，通过时频资源#A’传输上行信道时使用的MCS集合)，从而，网络设备和终端设备基于通过上述过程指示的MCS集合，确定调制阶数A’。方式2
可选地，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A还可以确定时频资源#A’包括的RB数量，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作：RB数量#A’。
并且，终端设备#A可以基于该MCS索引#A和RB数量#A’，从映射关系表中查找与RB数量#A’和MCS索引#A所属于的参数集合对应的TBS(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作TBS#A’)。
从而，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以基于该TBS#A’，通过时频资源#A’向网络设备#A发送上行信道#A。
即，在本发明实施例中，上行信道#A承载对TBS#A’的TB进行信道编码后的信息。
此情况下，终端设备#A还可以向网络设备#A发送该TBS#A’的指示信息，从而，网络设备#A能够确定该TBS#A’，并基于该TBS#A’，对通过子频带#A接收到的信号进行解析，以获取上行信道#A，其中，该过程可以与现有技术通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)基于TBS对信号进行解析以获取数据的方法和过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，在使用TBS#A’传输上行信道#A时，所使用的调制阶数可以是上述调制阶数#A，也可以是基于TBS#A’确定的与该调制阶数#A相异的调制阶数，本发明并未特别限定。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，当终端设备#A进行多个子帧(或TTI)的上行传输时，可以对不同的子帧(或TTI)采用不同的TBS。例如，网络设备预定义或预配置 该多个子帧(或TTI)中的第一个或前几个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#A’，其余的包括最后1个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#A；或者网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的最后一个或最后几个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#A，其余的包括第一个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#A’。
又例如，网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的第一个或前几个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#A，其余的包括最后1个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#A’；或者网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的最后一个或最后几个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#A’，其余的包括第一个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#A。
又例如，网络设备通过物理层信令指示终端设备使用TBS#A或TBS#A’。
下面，对通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A时该上行信道#A的编码和映射过程进行详细说明。
例如，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以采用速率匹配的方式通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A。
可选地，终端设备#A根据TBS#A和调制阶数#A，在时频资源#A’上发送上行信道#A，其中，TBS#A和调制阶数#A是根据调度信息#A确定的。具体的说，终端设备#A根据TBS#A对传输块#A进行编码，得到编码后的上行数据包#A，其中，该编码的过程可以包括添加循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check，CRC)、编码、交织、和速率匹配等，该过程可以与现有技术中的通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)编码的方法和过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。终端设备#A将编码后的上行数据包#A根据调制阶数#A进行调制，并将调制后的符号按先频后时或先时后频的顺序映射到时频资源#A’上，从而，终端设备#A通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A，其中，上行信道#A用于承载上行数据包#A。
需要说明的是，终端设备#A实际可以使用的时频资源#A’包括的资源数量小于调度信息#A指示的时频资源#A包括的资源数量，当终端设备#A使用根据调度信息#A确定的TBS#A和调制阶数#A进行上行信道#A的传输时，由于可用资源的减少，数据传输的码率会增加，当码率大于预设值(例如，0.931)时，数据传输性能受到很大影响。为了降低数据传输的码率，可选地，终端设备#A根据TBS#A和调制阶数#A’，在时频资源#A’上发送上行信道#A，其中，调制阶数#A’可以根据方式1中的任意一种方式确定，或者调制阶数#A’大于调制阶数#A。可选地，终端设备#A根据TBS#A’和调制阶数#A，在时频资源#A’上发送上行信道#A，其中，TBS#A’可以根据方式2中的任意一种方式确定，调制阶数#A是根据调度信息#A确定的。可选地，终端设备#A根据TBS#A’和调制阶数#A’，在时频资源#A’上发送上行信道#A，其中，TBS#A’可以根据方式2中的任意一种方式确定，调制阶数#A’可以根据方式1中的任意一种方式确定，或者调制阶数#A’大于调制阶数#A。
需要说明的是，在上述实施例中，终端设备#A都可以采用上述速率匹配的方式通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A，此处不再赘述。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以采用数据打孔的方式通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A。
可选地，终端设备#A根据TBS#A和调制阶数#A，在时频资源#A’上发送上行信道#A， 其中，TBS#A和调制阶数#A是根据调度信息#A确定的。具体的说，终端设备#A根据TBS#A对传输块#A进行编码，得到编码后的上行数据包#A。终端设备#A将编码后的上行数据包#A根据调制阶数#A进行调制，并将调制后的符号映射到时频资源#A’上得到第二上行数据，其中，第二上行数据是第一上行数据中对应时频资源#A’的部分，第一上行数据是该调制后的符号按先频后时或先时后频的顺序映射到时频资源#A上得到的数据。从而，终端设备#A通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A，其中，上行信道#A用于承载第二上行数据。
可选地，终端设备#A根据TBS#A和调制阶数#A’，在时频资源#A’上发送上行信道#A，其中，调制阶数#A’可以根据方式1中的任意一种方式确定，或者调制阶数#A’大于调制阶数#A。可选地，终端设备#A根据TBS#A’和调制阶数#A，在时频资源#A’上发送上行信道#A，其中，TBS#A’可以根据方式2中的任意一种方式确定，调制阶数#A是根据调度信息#A确定的。可选地，终端设备#A根据TBS#A’和调制阶数#A’，在时频资源#A’上发送上行信道#A，其中，TBS#A’可以根据方式2中的任意一种方式确定，调制阶数#A’可以根据方式1中的任意一种方式确定，或者调制阶数#A’大于调制阶数#A。
需要说明的是，在上述实施例中，终端设备#A都可以采用上述数据打孔的方式通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A，此处不再赘述。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，当调度信息#A调度在时频资源#A上传输的根据TBS#A确定的传输块#A包括多个(例如，至少2个)编码块时，传输块#A经过编码和调制后映射到时频资源#A上，可以为，传输块#A中的一个编码块经过编码和调制后映射到时频资源#A所属的多个子频带中的一个子频带上。需要说明的是，一个子频带上可以传输一个或多个编码块，本发明并不限定。当终端设备#A通过信道检测确定可使用的时频资源#A’后，终端设备#A可以采用上述数据打孔的方式通过时频资源#A’发送上行信道#A。这主要是因为，一个编码块可以有独立的CRC校验信息，从而可以被独立译码。终端设备采用上述方式进行上行信道传输，可以使通过时频资源#A’传输的编码块被正确译码，从而在进行重传时只需要传输未能通过时频资源#A’传输的编码块，提高系统的传输效率。
在本发明实施例中，由于该时频资源#A’是该时频资源#A中的部分时频资源，因此，网络设备#A还可以确定该时频资源#A’，以在该时频资源#A’上接收上行信道，下面，对网络设备#A确定该时频资源#A’的方法进行说明。
作为示例而非限定，可以基于以下方式a～c中的至少一种方法，确定该时频资源#A’。
方法a
在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以向网络设备#A发送信息#1(即，第一指示信息的一例)。
作为示例而非限定，例如，该信息#1可以用于指示子频带#A的大小(或者说，子频带#A包括的子频带的数量)，以及子频带#A的位置(具体地说，是子频带#A包括的各子频带的位置)。
再例如，该信息#1可以用于指示时频资源#A所占用的子频带中除该子频带#A以外的子频带(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记作子频带#A’)的大小(或者说，子频带#A’包括的子频带的数量)，以及子频带#A’的位置(具体地说，是子频带#A’包括的各子频带的位置)。
从而，网络设备#A能够确定子频带#A，进而，网络设备#A能够根据时频资源#A在各子频带中的位置，从子频带#A中确定上述时频资源#A’。
或者，在本发明实施例中，该信息#1可以指示时频资源#A’(例如，时频资源#A’的大小，以及时频资源#A’在时频资源#A中的位置)。
从而，网络设备#A能够根据该信息#1，直接确定时频资源#A’。
进而，网络设备#A可以仅在子频带#A上接收终端设备#A发送的数据，能够减小网络设备的处理负担。这里，网络设备#A通过资源接收数据的方法和过程可以与现有技术相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该终端设备#A可以通过子频带#A向网络设备#A发送信息#1。
或者说，在本发明实施例中，该终端设备#A可以通过子频带#A向网络设备#A随路发送信息#1和上行信道#A双方。
其中，上述“随路发送”可以是指，在本发明实施例中，子频带#A可以对应多个时频资源单元(Resouce Element，RE)，终端设备#A可以通过给多个RE中的一部分RE发送上行信道#A，并且，终端设备#A可以通过给多个RE中的另一部分RE发送信息#1。
应理解，以上列举的终端设备#A向网络设备#A发送信息#1使用的资源仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，例如，在本发明实施例中，通信系统还可以设置有预留资源，该预留资源被禁止用于数据传输，或者说，该预留资源可以仅用于网络设备和终端设备的信令传输，从而，终端设备#A可以通过该预留资源中的部分或全部资源向网络设备#A发送信息#1。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，在每个子频带上可以包括上述预留资源，从而，在本发明实施例中，终端设备#A可以在时频资源#A’占用的每个子带(即，子频带#A)中的预留资源(即，第三时频资源的一例)，向网络设备#A发送该信息#1。
作为示例而非限定，该预留资源在每个子频带中的位置可以是通信系统规定的，或者，该预留资源在每个子频带中的位置可以是网络设备通过例如，RRC信令指示给终端设备的，或者，该预留资源在每个子频带中的位置可以是网络设备通过调度信息(例如，上述调度信息#A)指示给终端设备的。
作为示例而非限定，该预留资源的大小可以是通信系统规定的，或者，该预留资源的大小可以是网络设备通过例如，RRC信令指示给终端设备的，或者，该预留资源的大小可以是根据网络设备发送的调度信息(例如，上述调度信息#A)指示的时频资源(例如，时频资源#A)确定的。
作为示例而非限定，终端设备可以在上行控制信道中向网络设备发送该信息#1。
作为示例而非限定，终端设备可以将该信息#1以比特或编码后的比特的形式发送给网络设备。
或者，终端设备可以将该信息#1承载于参考信号中发送给网络设备。
或者，该信息#1也可以为网络设备和终端设备能够识别的前导码或序列。
应理解，以上列举的信息#1(即，第一指示信息)的具体形式仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，其他能够使信息#1完成指示终端设备竞争到的时频资源的功能的信息形式均落入本发明实施例的保护范围内。
需要说明的是，当时频资源#A与时频资源#A’相同，或者说，当时频资源#A’所占用的子频带与该时频资源#A占用的子频带相同(即，K＝M时)，终端设备也可以向网络设备发送该信息#1。
方法b
终端设备#A可以通过该子频带#A发送上行信道#A和参考信号#A。例如，子频带#A中的每个子带上均承载有上行信道#A的一部分以及参考信号#A。
从而，网络设备#A能够通过检测该参考信号#A，确定该时频资源#A中承载有该终端设备#A发送的上行数据(即，上述上行信道#A)的频域资源，即，子频带#A。
可选地，网络设备#A通过检测该参考信号#A，确定子频带#A，包括：网络设备对时频资源#A占用的子频带中的每个子频带进行检测，确定该子频带是否携带有参考信号，并将携带有参考信号的子频带确定为时频资源#A’占用的子频带，即子频带#A。
进而，网络设备#A可以仅在子频带#A上解析终端设备#A发送的数据，能够减小网络设备的处理负担。这里，网络设备#A基于参考信号解析数据的方法和过程可以与现有技术相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
方法c
当该时频资源#A由P个(至少两个)调度信息#A指示时，终端设备#A可以确定该P个信息#A中用于指示子频带#A的信息(以下，为了便于理解，记作：信息#A_1)，并且，终端设备#A可以向网络设备#A上报该信息#A_1的指示信息(即，第一指示信息的一例)，从而，网络设备#A能够根据该信息#A_1的指示信息，确定终端设备#A使用该信息#A_1指示的频域资源(或者说该信息#A_1的指示信息频域资源属于的子频带)传输上行数据。并且，作为示例而非限定，该信息#A_1可以承载于方法a中描述的预留资源中。
图3示出了网络设备#A分配给终端设备#A的时频资源#A中，终端设备#A实际竞争到的时频资源#A’的图案。如图3所示，该时频资源#A’所占用的子频带是时频资源#A所占用的子频带中的部分子频带，并且，每个子频带中可以配置有上述预留资源，该预留资源中可以承载用于指示子频带是否被终端设备竞争到的指示信息(即，第一指示信息的一例)。
根据本发明实施例的传输上行信道的方法，通过将基于竞争机制使用的系统频域资源划分为多个子频带，并且，当终端设备在确定网络设备分配的第一上行时频资源之后，在需要进行上行传输之前，对该第一上行时频资源包括的至少两个子频带进行检测，能够使终端设备从该至少两个子频带中确定该终端设备能够使用的第二上行时频资源，并通过该第二上行时频资源进行上行信道的传输，即，较现有技术相比，终端设备无需在确定该第一上行时频资源的全部带宽范围内的资源均能够使用的情况下，才能够使用第一上行时频资源进行无线通信，从而，能够提高终端设备能够使用该第一上行时频资源(具体的说，是第一上行时频资源中的部分子频带)进行无线通信的可能性，提高了通信效率、减小了业务传输时延，改善了用户体验。
下面，结合图4，对本发明实施例的传输下行信道的方法300进行详细说明。
图4示意性示出了网络设备#B(即，网络设备的一例)与终端设备#B(即，终端设备的一例)之间传输下行信道#B(即，第一下行信道的一例)的过程。
如图4所示，在S310，网络设备#B可以从上述系统频域资源中为终端设备#B分配用 于下行传输(例如，包括该下行信道#B的传输)的时频资源。
其中，该时频资源可以为多个，该多个时频资源中的时频资源#B(即，第一下行时频资源的一例)是网络设备#B分配的用于承载该下行信道#B。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以为终端设备#B调度多个下行信道，或者说，网络设备#B可以为终端设备#B分配包括该时频资源#B在内的多个时频资源，其中，每个时频资源上可以承载一个下行信道。以下，为了便于理解和说明，不失一般性，以基于该时频资源#B进行的处理过程为例，进行说明。
其中，网络设备确定该时频资源#B的方法和过程可以与现有技术相同，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
并且，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以通过一个或多个控制信息#B(即，第一控制信息的一例，例如，下行控制信息)指示终端设备#B可以通过该时频资源#B进行下行传输。
在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#B的使用方式可以是基于调度的方式，也可以是基于免调度的方式，本发明并未特别限定。
例如，当时频资源#B的使用方式可以是基于调度的方式时，该时频资源#B可以是网络设备#B在确定终端设备#B需要进行下行传输之后为该终端设备#B分配的，并且，该信息#B可以是网络设备#B在确定终端设备#B需要进行下行传输之后发送给该终端设备#B的。
作为示例而非限定，该控制信息#B与下行数据信道可以承载于同一子帧或TTI。
再例如，当时频资源#B的使用方式可以是基于免调度的方式时，该时频资源#B可以是网络设备#B在确定终端设备#B需要进行下行传输之前为该终端设备#B分配的，并且，该信息#B可以是网络设备#B在确定终端设备#B需要进行下行传输之前发送给该终端设备#B的。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#B可以指示上述时频资源#B的大小，例如，该控制信息#B可以指示上述时频资源#B包括的RB的数量，为了便于理解和说明，记作：RB数量#B。
或者，该控制信息#B可以指示时频资源#B对应的频域资源的大小(或者说，带宽)，例如，该控制信息#B可以指示时频资源#B包括的子载波的数量。
或者，该控制信息#B可以指示时频资源#B对应的时域资源的大小，例如，该控制信息#B可以指示时频资源#B包括的符号的数量。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#B还可以指示时频资源#B在系统频域资源中的位置。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#B还可以指示终端设备在使用该时频资源#B进行下行传输时使用的MCS的索引，为了便于理解和说明，记作：MCS索引#B。
应理解，以上列举的该控制信息#B功能(或者说，指示的内容)仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，该控制信息#B功能可以与现有技术中用于指示下行传输的相关参数的信息(例如，下行控制信息或资源控制信息)的功能相似，例如，该控制信息#B也可以是现有技术中用于指示终端设备进行下行传输时所使用的相关参数的信息。
在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#B在频域上占用至少两个(即，M个)子频带。在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#B在频域上占用至少两个(即，M个)子频带，或者说，时频资源#B包括的RB在频域上位于至少两个子频带，或者说，时频资源#B包括的子载波在频域上位于至少两个子频带。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例中，“该时频资源#B在频域上占用至少两个(即，M个)子频带”可以是指：时频资源#B对应的频域资源分布在M个子频带中。
具体的说，在本发明实施例中，每个子频带上可以包括多个频域资源。
并且，在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#B可以包括多个频域资源。
其中，该时频资源#B中的多个频域资源由该M个子频带中的每个子频带上的频域资源构成。
例如，时频资源#B可以包括该M个子频带中的每个子频带中的部分频域资源。
或者，该时频资源#B可以包括该M个子频带中的每个子频带中的全部频域资源。
或者说，时频资源#B包括的位于该M个子频带中的子频带m上的频域资源，可以是该子频带m中的部分频域资源，m∈[1，M]。
或者，时频资源#B包括的位于该M个子频带中的子频带m上的频域资源，可以是该子频带m中的全部频域资源，m∈[1，M]。
即，在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#B占用至少两个子频带可以是指时频资源#B占用至少两个子频带中的全部资源。或者，该时频资源#B占用至少两个子频带也可以是指时频资源#A占用至少两个子频带中的部分资源。。
在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#B可以是一个(即，情况A)，或者，该控制信息#B可以是多个(即，情况B)，下面，分别对以上两种情况下的具体传输过程进行详细说明。
情况A
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，可以通过一个控制信息#B指示终端设备#B可以通过该时频资源#B进行下行信道的传输(例如，传输PDSCH)。
在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#B可以是资源分配信息，例如，该控制信息#B还可以用于指示该时频资源#B的大小和位置。
或者，在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#B可以是触发终端设备#B通过时频资源#B进行下行传输的控制信息。作为示例而非限定，此情况下，网络设备#B可以预先通过资源分配信息通知终端设备#B该时频资源#B的大小和位置。
以下，为了避免赘述，省略对相同或相似情况的说明。
此外，在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#B还可以指示在通过时频资源#B传输数据时使用的传输参数。
作为示例而非限定，该传输参数可以包括但不限于：
在通过时频资源#B传输数据时使用的MCS索引、在通过时频资源#B传输数据时使用的传输块大小TBS、在通过时频资源#B传输数据时使用的调制阶数、在通过时频资源#B传输数据时使用的码率、在通过时频资源#B传输数据时使用的冗余版本、在通过时频资源#B传输数据时使用的天线端口、在通过时频资源#B传输数据时使用的预编码矩阵索引等。
情况B
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以向终端设备#B发送P个(至少两个)控制信息#B。
此情况下，该P个控制信息#B中的每个控制信息#B指示的时频资源构成上述时频资源#B，或者说，该P个控制信息#B中的每个信息指示的时频资源在频域上所占用(或者说，属于)的子频带构成上述时频资源#B在频域上所占用(或者说，属于)的子频带，P≥2。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该P个控制信息#B中的任意两个信息指示的时频资源在频域上可以不互相重叠，即，上述时频资源#B在频域上可以被划分为P个部分，P个控制信息#B中的每个信息指示该P个部分中的一个部分。
或者，在本发明实施例中，该P个控制信息#B指示的时频资源在频域上可以具有嵌套结构，例如，该P个控制信息#B中的一个信息可以指示时频资源#B的全部(或者说，时频资源#B所占用的全部子频带)，该P个控制信息#B中的另一个信息可以指示时频资源#B的部分(或者说，时频资源#B所占用的部分子频带)。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，设该P个控制信息#B中的控制信息#Bi指示的时频资源为时频资源i，则该控制信息#Bi还可以指示在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的传输参数，其中，i∈[1，P]。
作为示例而非限定，该传输参数可以包括但不限于：
在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的MCS索引、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的传输块大小、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的调制阶数、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的码率、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的冗余版本、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的天线端口、在通过时频资源i传输数据时使用的预编码矩阵索引等。
不失一般性，以下，为了便于理解和说明，设该时频资源#B的带宽为80MHz，该时频资源#B包括4个子频带(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记做：子频带#1～子频带#4)，每个子频带的带宽为20MHz。
从而，在S310，网络设备#B可以确定用于承载下行信道#B的时频资源#B，具体地说，网络设备#B可以确定该时频资源#B在频域上的大小(或者说，带宽)和位置，以及该时频资源#B占用的子频带的数量和位置。
在S320，网络设备#B和可以对该时频资源#B(具体的说，是该时频资源#B占用的子频带，例如，上述子频带#1～子频带#4)进行检测(或者说，竞争或监听)，以确定该子频带#1～子频带#4中能够使用的子频带。作为示例而非限定，该“检测”可以包括信道空闲评测(Clear Channel Bssessment)，或者，该“检测”可以包括LBT。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以以子频带为单位进行检测，即，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以检测一个子频带是否可用。
或者，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以以多个(至少两个)子频带为单位进行检测。
或者，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以以系统的单载波带宽为单位进行检测。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以基于LBT方式，进行上述检测(或者说，竞争或监听)，并且，该过程可以与现有技术相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
从而，在S320，网络设备#B能够从时频资源#B(具体的说，是该时频资源#B包括的子频带，例如，上述子频带#1～子频带#4)中，确定被分配给终端设备#B使用的时频资源(即，第二下行时频资源的一例，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记作时频资源#B’)。或者，网络设备#B能够确定该时频资源#B’所占用的子频带(即，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作：子频带#B)，其中，该子频带#B可以是一个也可以是多个，本发明并未特别限定，并且，该时频资源#B’对应的频域资源可以是该子频带#B中的全部频域资源，或者，该时频资源#B’对应的频域资源也可以是该子频带#B中的部分频域资源，本发明并未特别限定。
在本发明实施例中，该时频资源#B’可以是时频资源#B中LBT成功的时频资源。并且，可选地，该时频资源#B’可以是时频资源#B中LBT成功的时频资源中的部分资源，或者，该时频资源#B’也可以是时频资源#B中LBT成功的时频资源中的全部时频资源，本发明并未特别限定。
或者说，该子频带#B可以是上述M个子频带中LBT成功的子频带。并且，可选地，该子频带#B可以是上述M个子频带中LBT成功的子频带中的部分子频带，或者，该子频带#B可以是上述M个子频带中LBT成功的子频带中的全部子频带。
作为示例而非限定，例如，在情况B中，当P个控制信息#B指示的时频资源在频域上具有嵌套结构时，网络设备#B可以将时频资源#1(即，时频资源#B’的一例)所属于的子频带作为子频带#B，其中，网络设备#B对该时频资源#1所占用的子频带进行的竞争处理(例如，LBT)成功，并且，且该时频资源#1由P个控制信息#B中的一个控制信息(即，Q个控制信息的一例)指示。
再例如，在情况2中，当该P个控制信息#B中的任意两个信息指示的时频资源在频域上可以不互相重叠时，网络设备#B可以将时频资源#2(即，时频资源#B’的另一例)所占用的子频带作为子频带#B，其中，网络设备#B对该时频资源#2所属于的子频带进行的竞争处理(例如，LBT)成功，并且，且该时频资源#2包括多个部分，该多个部分由P个控制信息#B中的多个信息(即，Q个控制信息的另一例)分别指示，例如，该多个部分与P个控制信息#B中的多个控制信息可以具有一一对应关系，每个部分由所对应的控制信息指示。
在S330，网络设备#B可以通过子频带#B上的时频资源#B’，向终端设备#B发送下行信道#B。
下面，对该传输过程进行详细说明。
首先，对传输该下行信道#B时使用的传输块大小(Transport Block Size，TBS)进行说明。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，在网络设备#B中还可以存储映射关系表(例如，MCS表)，该映射关系表可以用于指示多个参数集合和多个TBS之间的映射关系，其中，每个参数集合包括一个RB数量值和一个MCS索引。
并且，如上所述，控制信息#B还可以用于指示RB数量#B(例如，时频资源#B包括的RB的数量)和MCS索引#B。
在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以基于该RB数量#B和MCS索引#B，从映射关系表中查找与RB数量#B和MCS索引#B对应的TBS(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记 作TBS#B)。
即，该TBS#B可以是网络设备#B分配给终端设备#B的用于在时频资源#B上进行下行传输(例如，传输下行信道#B)的TBS。
即，在本发明实施例中，下行信道#B承载对TBS#B的TB进行信道编码后的信息。
在本发明实施例中，终端设备#B和网络设备#B可以使用该TBS#B(即，第一TBS的一例)，在时频资源#B’上传输下行信道#B(即，方式a)或者，终端设备#B和网络设备#B可以使用该TBS#B’(即，第二TBS的一例)，在时频资源#B’上传输下行信道#B(即，方式b)，下面，分别对上述两种方式进行详细说明。
方式a
可选地，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以基于该TBS#B，通过子频带#B(具体地说，是子频带#B中的时频资源#B’)向终端设备#B发送下行信道#B。
例如，网络设备#B可以基于MCS索引#B，确定该MCS索引#B对应的调制阶数，以下，为了便于理解和区分，记作调制阶数#B(即，第一下行调制阶数的一例)。
并且，网络设备#B可以基于该TBS#B和该调制阶数#B，通过子频带#B向终端设备#B发送下行信道#B。其中，该过程可以与现有技术通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)基于TBS和MCS传输数据的方法和过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
再例如，网络设备#B可以基于该TBS#B和调制阶数#B’，通过子频带#B(具体地说，是子频带#B中的时频资源#B’)向终端设备#B发送下行信道#B。
其中，该调制阶数#B与该调制阶数#B’相异。
作为示例而非限定，该调制阶数#B’可以大于调制阶数#B。
作为示例而非限定，该调制阶数#B可以是网络设备#B确定的。
例如，该网络设备#B可以基于时频资源#B’确定调制阶数#B。
具体地说，在本发明实施例中，时频资源#B’包括的RB数量(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作：RB数量#B’)小于时频资源#B包括的RB的数量(即，RB数量#B)，即，网络设备#B发送下行信道#B所能够使用的资源的数量减小，因此，网络设备#B可以提高针对下行信道#B的调制阶数(即，调制阶数#B’)，以使网络设备#B根据调制阶数#B’通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B时使用的码率低于网络设备#B根据调制阶数#B通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B时使用的码率。
此情况下，网络设备#B还可以向终端设备#B发送该调制阶数#B’的指示信息(例如，该调制阶数#B所对应的MCS索引的指示信息)，从而，网终端设备#B能够确定该调制阶数#B’，并基于该调制阶数#B’和该TBS#B，对通过时频资源#B’接收到的信号进行解析，以获取下行信道#B，其中，该过程可以与现有技术通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)基于TBS和调制阶数对信号进行解析以获取数据的方法和过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
应理解，以上列举的调制阶数#B’的确定过程仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此。
例如，该调制阶数#B’也可以是通信系统规定的。作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，通信系统可以规定调制阶数#X，该调制阶数#X为：当通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)实际使用的时频资源是预先调度的时频资源中的部分时频资源时，通信设备基于该实际使用的时频资源进行通信时使用的调制阶数。，从而，终端设备#B或网络设 备#B可以将上述调制阶数#X作为调制阶数#B’。
再例如，该调制阶数#B’也可以是网络设备预先指示的。作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，网络设备可以通过例如，RRC信令等，向终端设备指示调制阶数#X，该调制阶数#X为：当通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)实际使用的时频资源是预先调度的时频资源中的部分时频资源时，通信设备基于该实际使用的时频资源进行通信时使用的调制阶数，从而，终端设备#B或网络设备#B可以将上述调制阶数#X作为调制阶数#B’。
再例如，该调制阶数#B’也可以是网络设备通过上述控制信息#B指示给终端设备的。具体的说，在使用基于竞争机制使用的时频资源进行信道传输的情况下，网络设备可以预期到终端设备或终端设备可能无法使竞争到所调度的全部时频资源，此情况下，网络设备可以预先确定调制阶数#X，该调制阶数#X为：当通信设备(例如，网络设备或终端设备)实际使用的时频资源是预先调度的时频资源中的部分时频资源时，通信设备基于该实际使用的时频资源进行通信时使用的调制阶数。从而，网络设备可以通过例如，控制信息等，在为终端设备分配时频资源时，同时指示该调制阶数#X。从而，终端设备#B或网络设备#B可以将上述调制阶数#X作为调制阶数#B’。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，网络设备或通信系统可以预先规定多个(例如，两个)MCS集合(或MCS配置集合)，其中，每个MCS集合包括至少一个MCS索引。
并且，网络设备和终端设备可以确定每个MCS集合所包括的MCS索引所对应的调制阶数。例如，一个MCS集合可以是一个对应关系表项，该对应关系表项可以用于指示该MCS集合所包括的每个MCS索引所对应的调制阶数。
此情况下，网络设备或终端设备可以从该多个MCS集合中选择一个作为通过时频资源#B’传输上行信道时使用的MCS集合。
例如，在本发明实施例中，该多个MCS集合与多个资源大小(或者说，多个子频带的数量)具有对应关系。从而，网络设备和终端设备可以基于上述对应关系，确定该时频资源#B’的大小(或者，时频资源#B’占用的子频带的数量)所对应的MCS集合(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记作：MCS集合#0)，从而，网络设备和终端设备可以将该MCS集合#0指示的当前使用的MCS索引(例如，网络设备指示给终端设备的MCS索引)所对应的调制阶数，作为调制阶数#B’。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，网络设备或通信系统可以预先规定至少两个MCS集合，其中，该至少两个MCS集合中的第一MCS集合是在网络设备竞争到该网络设备分配给终端设备的全部子频带时使用的MCS集合，该至少两个MCS集合中的第二MCS集合是在网络设备竞争到分配给终端设备的部分子频带时使用的MCS集合，从而，网络设备和终端设备可以根据终端设备对网络设备分配的子频带的竞争情况(例如，该时频资源#B’占用的子频带是否为时频资源#B占用的子频带的全部(或部分)的情况)，确定在确定调制阶数#B’时使用的MCS集合(或者说，通过时频资源#B’传输上行信道时使用的MCS集合)，进而，网络设备和终端设备可以基于所确定的MCS集合，确定调制阶数B’。例如，当网络设备竞争到该网络设备分配给终端设备的子频带中的全部子频带时，终端设备和网络设备可以使用第一MCS集合确定调制阶数#B’；当网络设备竞争到该网络设备分配给终端设备的子频带中的部分子频带时，终端设备和网络设备可以使用第二MCS集合确定调制阶数#B’。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，每个TTI可以对应一个MCS集合，从而，网络设备和终端设备可以根据确定与该时频资源#B’所属于的TTI相对应的MCS集合，进而，网络设备和终端设备基于通过上述过程确定的MCS集合，确定调制阶数B’。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，当网络设备#B和终端设备#B进行多个子帧(或TTI)的下行传输时，可以对不同的子帧(或TTI)采用不同的MCS集合。例如，网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的第一个或前几个子帧(或TTI)使用第一MCS集合，其余的包括最后1个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用第二MCS集合；或者网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的第一个或前几个子帧(或TTI)使用第二MCS集合，其余的包括最后1个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用第一MCS集合。
再例如，网络设备可以(例如，通过调度信息或下行控制信息等)指示终端设备在确定调制阶数#B’时使用的MCS集合(或者说，通过时频资源#B’传输上行信道时使用的MCS集合)，从而，网络设备和终端设备基于通过上述过程指示的MCS集合，确定调制阶数B’。
方式b
可选地，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B还可以确定时频资源#B’包括的RB数量，以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作：RB数量#B’。
并且，网络设备#B可以基于该MCS索引#B和RB数量#B’，从映射关系表中查找与RB数量#B’和MCS索引#B所属于的参数集合对应的TBS(以下，为了便于理解和说明，记作TBS#B’)。
从而，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以基于该TBS#B’，通过时频资源#B’向终端设备#B发送下行信道#B。
即，在本发明实施例中，下行信道#B承载对TBS#B’的TB进行信道编码后的信息。
此情况下，网络设备#B还可以向终端设备#B发送该TBS#B’的指示信息，从而，终端设备#B能够确定该TBS#B’，并基于该TBS#B’，对通过子频带#B接收到的信号进行解析，以获取下行信道#B，其中，该过程可以与现有技术通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)基于TBS对信号进行解析以获取数据的方法和过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，在使用TBS#B’传输下行信道#B时，所使用的调制阶数可以是上述调制阶数#B，也可以是基于TBS#B’确定的与该调制阶数#B相异的调制阶数，本发明并未特别限定。
需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，当网络设备#B进行多个子帧(或TTI)的下行传输时，可以对不同的子帧(或TTI)采用不同的TBS。例如，网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的第一个或前几个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#B’，其余的包括最后1个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#B；或者网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的最后一个或最后几个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#B，其余的包括第一个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#B’。
又例如，网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的第一个或前几个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#B，其余的包括最后1个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用 TBS#B’；或者网络设备预定义或预配置该多个子帧(或TTI)中的最后一个或最后几个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#B’，其余的包括第一个子帧(或TTI)的至少1个子帧(或TTI)使用TBS#B。
又例如，网络设备通过物理层信令指示终端设备使用TBS#B或TBS#B’。
下面，对通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B时该下行信道#B的编码和映射过程进行详细说明。
例如，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以采用速率匹配的方式通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B。
可选地，网络设备#B根据TBS#B和调制阶数#B，在时频资源#B’上发送下行信道#B，其中，TBS#B和调制阶数#B是根据控制信息#B确定的。具体的说，网络设备#B根据TBS#B对传输块#B进行编码，得到编码后的上行数据包#B，其中，该编码的过程可以包括添加CRC、编码、交织、和速率匹配等，该过程可以与现有技术中的通信设备(网络设备或终端设备)编码的方法和过程相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。网络设备#B将编码后的下行数据包#B根据调制阶数#B进行调制，并将调制后的符号按先频后时或先时后频的顺序映射到时频资源#B’上，从而，网络设备#B通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B，其中，下行信道#B用于承载下行数据包#B。
需要说明的是，网络设备#B实际可以使用的时频资源#B’包括的资源数量小于控制信息#B指示的时频资源#B包括的资源数量，当网络设备#B使用根据控制信息#B确定的TBS#B和调制阶数#B进行下行信道#B的传输时，由于可用资源的减少，数据传输的码率会增加，当码率大于预设值(例如，0.931)时，数据传输性能受到很大影响。为了降低数据传输的码率，可选地，网络设备#B根据TBS#B和调制阶数#B’，在时频资源#B’上发送下行信道#B，其中，调制阶数#B’可以根据方式a中的任意一种方式确定，或者调制阶数#B大于调制阶数#B。可选地，网络设备#B根据TBS#B’和调制阶数#B，在时频资源#B上发送下行信道#B，其中，TBS#B’可以根据方式b中的任意一种方式确定，调制阶数#B是根据控制信息#B确定的。可选地，网络设备#B根据TBS#B’和调制阶数#B’，在时频资源#B’上发送下行信道#B，其中，TBS#B’可以根据方式b中的任意一种方式确定，调制阶数#B’可以根据方式a中的任意一种方式确定，或者调制阶数#B’大于调制阶数#B。
需要说明的是，在上述实施例中，网络设备#B都可以采用上述速率匹配的方式通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B，此处不再赘述。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以采用数据打孔的方式通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B。
可选地，网络设备#B根据TBS#B和调制阶数#B，在时频资源#B’上发送下行信道#B，其中，TBS#B和调制阶数#B是根据控制信息#B确定的。具体的说，网络设备#B根据TBS#B对传输块#B进行编码，得到编码后的下行数据包#B。网络设备#B将编码后的下行数据包#B根据调制阶数#B进行调制，并将调制后的符号映射到时频资源#B’上得到第二下行数据，其中，第二下行数据是第一下行数据中对应时频资源#B’的部分，第一下行数据是该调制后的符号按先频后时或先时后频的顺序映射到时频资源#B上得到的数据。从而，网络设备#B通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B，其中，下行信道#B用于承 载第二下行数据。
可选地，网络设备#B根据TBS#B和调制阶数#B’，在时频资源#B’上发送下行信道#B，其中，调制阶数#B’可以根据方式a中的任意一种方式确定，或者调制阶数#B’大于调制阶数#B。可选地，网络设备#B根据TBS#B’和调制阶数#B，在时频资源#B’上发送下行信道#B，其中，TBS#B’可以根据方式b中的任意一种方式确定，调制阶数#B是根据控制信息#B确定的。可选地，网络设备#B根据TBS#B’和调制阶数#B’，在时频资源#B’上发送下行信道#B，其中，TBS#B’可以根据方式b中的任意一种方式确定，调制阶数#B’可以根据方式a中的任意一种方式确定，或者调制阶数#B’大于调制阶数#B。
需要说明的是，在上述实施例中，网络设备#B都可以采用上述数据打孔的方式通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B，此处不再赘述。
再例如，在本发明实施例中，当控制信息#B调度在时频资源#B上传输的根据TBS#B确定的传输块#B包括多个(例如，至少2个)编码块时，传输块#B经过编码和调制后映射到时频资源#B上，可以为，传输块#B中的一个编码块经过编码和调制后映射到时频资源#B所属的多个子频带中的一个子频带上。需要说明的是，一个子频带上可以传输一个或多个编码块，本发明并不限定。当网络设备#B通过信道检测确定可使用的时频资源#B’后，网络设备#B可以采用上述数据打孔的方式通过时频资源#B’发送下行信道#B。这主要是因为，一个编码块可以有独立的CRC校验信息，从而可以被独立译码。网络设备采用上述方式进行下行信道传输，可以使通过时频资源#B’传输的编码块被正确译码，从而在进行重传时只需要传输未能通过时频资源#B’传输的编码块，提高系统的传输效率。
在本发明实施例中，由于该时频资源#B’是该时频资源#B中的部分时频资源，因此，网络设备#B还可以确定该时频资源#B’，以在该时频资源#B’上接收下行信道，下面，对网络设备#B确定该时频资源#B’的方法进行说明。
作为示例而非限定，可以基于以下方法1～3中的至少一种方法，确定该时频资源#B’。
方法1
在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以向终端设备#B发送控制信息#C(即，第二控制信息的一例)。
作为示例而非限定，例如，控制信息#C可以用于指示子频带#B的大小(或者说，子频带#B包括的子频带的数量)，以及子频带#B的位置(具体地说，是子频带#B包括的各子频带的位置)。
再例如，控制信息#C可以用于指示时频资源#B所占用的子频带中除该子频带#B以外的子频带(以下，为了便于理解和区分，记作子频带#B’)的大小(或者说，子频带#B’包括的子频带的数量)，以及子频带#B’的位置(具体地说，是子频带#B’包括的各子频带的位置)。
从而，终端设备#B能够确定子频带#B，进而，终端设备#B能够根据时频资源#B在各子频带中的位置，从子频带#B中确定上述时频资源#B’。
或者，在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#C可以指示时频资源#B’(例如，时频资源#B’的大小，以及时频资源#B’在时频资源#B中的位置)。
从而，终端设备#B能够根据该控制信息#C，直接确定时频资源#B’。
进而，终端设备#B可以仅在子频带#B上接收网络设备#B发送的数据，能够减小网 络设备的处理负担。这里，终端设备#B通过资源接收数据的方法和过程可以与现有技术相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该网络设备#B可以通过子频带#B向终端设备#B发送控制信息#C。
或者说，在本发明实施例中，该网络设备#B可以通过子频带#B向终端设备#B随路发送控制信息#C和下行信道#B双方。
其中，上述“随路发送”可以是指，在本发明实施例中，子频带#B可以对应多个RE，网络设备#B可以通过给多个RE中的一部分RE发送下行信道#B，并且，网络设备#B可以通过给多个RE中的另一部分RE发送控制信息#C。
应理解，以上列举的网络设备#B向终端设备#B发送控制信息#C使用的资源仅为示例性说明，本发明并未特别限定，例如，在本发明实施例中，通信系统还可以设置有预留资源，该预留资源被禁止用于数据传输，或者说，该预留资源可以仅用于网络设备和终端设备的信令传输，从而，终网络设备#B可以通过该预留资源中的部分或全部资源向终端设备#B发送控制信息#C。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，在每个子频带上可以包括上述预留资源，从而，在本发明实施例中，网络设备#B可以在时频资源#B’占用的每个子带(即，子频带#B)中的预留资源(即，第三下行时频资源的一例)，向终端设备#B发送该控制信息#C。
作为示例而非限定，该预留资源在每个子频带中的位置可以是通信系统规定的，或者，该预留资源在每个子频带中的位置可以是网络设备通过例如，RRC信令指示给终端设备的，或者，该预留资源在每个子频带中的位置可以是网络设备通过控制信息(例如，上述控制信息#C)指示给终端设备的。
作为示例而非限定，该预留资源的大小可以是通信系统规定的，或者，该预留资源的大小可以是网络设备通过例如，RRC信令指示给终端设备的，或者，该预留资源的大小可以是根据网络设备发送的控制信息(例如，上述控制信息#B)指示的的。
应理解，以上列举的控制信息#C(即，第二控制信息)的具体形式仅为示例性说明，本发明并未限定于此，其他能够使控制信息#C完成指示网络设备竞争到的时频资源的功能的信息形式均落入本发明实施例的保护范围内。
作为示例而非限定，网络设备可以在下行控制信道中向终端设备发送该控制信息#C。
需要说明的是，网络设备可以使用一个下行控制信道向终端设备发送控制信息#B和控制信息#C，网络设备也可以使用两个下行控制信道向终端设备分别发送控制信息#B和控制信息#C，本发明并不限定。
作为示例而非限定，网络设备可以在下行数据信道中向终端设备发送该控制信息#C。
作为示例而非限定，网络设备可以将该控制信息#C以比特或编码后的比特的形式发送给终端设备。
或者，网络设备可以将该控制信息#C承载于参考信号中发送给终端设备。
或者，网络设备可以通过对下行控制信道使用不同的扰码(例如，不同的RNTI扰码)来表示该控制信息#C。
或者，控制信息#C也可以为网络设备和终端设备能够识别的前导码或序列。
应理解，以上列举的控制信息#C(即，第二控制信息)的具体形式仅为示例性说明， 本发明并未限定于此，其他能够使控制信息#C完成指示网络设备竞争到的时频资源的功能的信息形式均落入本发明实施例的保护范围内。
需要说明的是，当时频资源#B与时频资源#B’相同，或者说，当时频资源#B’所占用的子频带与该时频资源#B占用的子频带相同(即，K＝M时)，网络设备也可以向终端设备发送该控制信息#C。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#C可以用于指示该时频资源#B’，或者该控制信息#C可以用于指示该时频资源#B’占用的子频带。从而，终端设备能够根据该控制信息#C直接确定该时频资源#B’或者该时频资源#B’占用的子频带。
或者，在本发明实施例中，该控制信息#C还可以用于指示上述N个子频带中网络设备竞争到的(例如，LBT成功)子频带，从而，终端设备能够根据该控制信息#C和控制信息#B，确定该时频资源#B’或者该时频资源#B’占用的子频带。
方法2
网络设备#B可以通过该子频带#B发送下行信道#B和参考信号#B。例如，子频带#B中的每个子带上均承载有下行信道#B的一部分以及参考信号#B。
从而，终端设备#B能够通过检测该参考信号#B，确定该时频资源#B中承载有该网络设备#B发送的下行数据(即，上述下行信道#B)的频域资源，即，子频带#B。
可选地，终端设备#B通过检测该参考信号#B，确定子频带#B，包括：终端设备#B对时频资源#B占用的子频带中的每个子频带进行检测，确定该子频带是否携带有参考信号，并将携带有参考信号的子频带确定为时频资源#B’占用的子频带，即子频带#B。
进而，终端设备#B可以仅在子频带#B上解析网络设备#B发送的数据，能够减小终端设备的处理负担。这里，终端设备#B基于参考信号解析数据的方法和过程可以与现有技术相似，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
方法3
当该时频资源#B由P个(至少两个)控制信息#B指示时，终端设备#B可以确定该P个信息#B中用于指示子频带#B的信息(以下，为了便于理解，记作：控制信息#B_1)，并且，网络设备#B可以向终端设备#B上报该控制信息#B_1的指示信息(即，第二控制信息的一例)，从而，终端设备#B能够根据该控制信息#B_1的指示信息，确定网络设备#B使用该控制信息#A_1指示的时频资源(或者说控制信息#B_1指示时频资源所占用的子频带)传输下行数据。并且，作为示例而非限定，该控制信息#B_1的指示信息可以承载于方法1中描述的预留资源中。
图5示出了网络设备#B分配给终端设备#B的时频资源#B中，网络设备#B实际竞争到的时频资源#B’的图案。如图5所示，该时频资源#B’所占用的子频带是时频资源#B所占用的子频带中的部分子频带，并且，每个子频带中可以配置有上述预留资源，该预留资源中可以承载用于指示子频带是否被终端设备竞争到的指示信息(即，第二控制信息的一例)。
根据本发明实施例的传输下行信道的方法，通过将基于竞争机制使用的系统频域资源划分为多个子频带，并且，当网络设备为终端设备分配第一下行频域资源之后，在需要进行下行传输之前，对该第一下行频域资源包括的至少两个子频带进行检测，能够使网络设备从该至少两个子频带中确定该网络设备能够使用的第二下行频域资源，并通过该第二下 行频域资源进行下行信道传输，即，较现有技术相比，网络设备无需在确定该第一下行频域资源的全部带宽范围内的资源均能够使用的情况下，才能够使用第一下行频域资源进行无线通信，从而，能够提高网络设备能够使用该第一下行频域资源(具体的说，是第一下行频域资源中的部分子频带)进行无线通信的可能性，提高了通信效率、减小了业务传输时延，改善了用户体验。
应理解，以上描述的终端设备#A与终端设备#B可以是同一终端设备，也可以是不同终端设备本发明并未特别限定，或者说，在本发明实施例中，一个终端设备也可以在执行上述方法200和方法300中描述的终端设备执行的动作中的一方，一个终端设备也可以在执行上述方法200和方法300中描述的终端设备执行的动作中的双方。
类似地，以上描述的网络设备#A与网络设备#B可以是同一网络设备，也可以是不同网络设备，本发明并未特别限定，或者说，在本发明实施例中，一个网络设备也可以在执行上述方法200和方法300中描述的网络设备执行的动作中的一方，一个网络设备也可以在执行上述方法200和方法300中描述的网络设备执行的动作中的双方。
图6示出了本发明实施例的传输上行信道的装置400的示意性框图，该传输上行信道的装置400可以对应(例如，可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法100描述的终端设备(例如，终端设备#A)，并且，传输数据的装置400中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法100中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
在本发明实施例中，该装置400可以包括：处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器通信连接，可选地，该设备还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通信连接。可选地，处理器、存储器和收发器可以通信连接，该存储器可以用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器发送信息或信号。
其中，图6所示的装置400中的收发单元可以对应该收发器，图6所示的装置400中的处理单元可以对应该处理器。
图7示出了本发明实施例的传输上行信道的装置500的示意性框图，该传输上行信道的装置500可以对应(例如，可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法100描述的网络设备(例如，网络设备#A)，并且，传输数据的装置500中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法100中网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
在本发明实施例中，该装置500可以包括：处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器通信连接，可选地，该设备还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通信连接。可选地，处理器、存储器和收发器可以通信连接，该存储器可以用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器发送信息或信号。
其中，图7所示的装置500中的收发单元可以对应该收发器，图7所示的装置500中的处理单元可以对应该处理器。
图8示出了本发明实施例的传输下行信道的装置600的示意性框图，该传输下行信道的装置600可以对应(例如，可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法200描述的网络设备(例如，网络设备#B)，并且，传输数据的装置600中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200中网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
在本发明实施例中，该装置600可以包括：处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器通信连接，可选地，该设备还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通信连接。可选地，处理器、存储器 和收发器可以通信连接，该存储器可以用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器发送信息或信号。
其中，图8所示的装置600中的收发单元可以对应该收发器，图8所示的装置600中的处理单元可以对应该处理器。
图9示出了本发明实施例的传输下行信道的装置700的示意性框图，该传输下行信道的装置700可以对应(例如，可以配置于或本身即为)上述方法200描述的终端设备(例如，终端设备#B)，并且，传输下行信道的装置700中各模块或单元分别用于执行上述方法200中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程，这里，为了避免赘述，省略其详细说明。
在本发明实施例中，该装置700可以包括：处理器和收发器，处理器和收发器通信连接，可选地，该设备还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通信连接。可选地，处理器、存储器和收发器可以通信连接，该存储器可以用于存储指令，该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令，以控制收发器发送信息或信号。
其中，图9所示的装置700中的收发单元可以对应该收发器，图9所示的装置700中的处理单元可以对应该处理器。
应注意，上述方法实施例可以应用于处理器中，或者由处理器实现。处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本发明实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三 种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
应理解，在本发明实施例的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明实施例的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本发明实施例各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本发明实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本发明实施例各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本发明实施例的具体实施方式，但本发明实施例的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明实施例揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明实施例的保护范围之内。

Claims (40)

  1. 一种传输上行信道的方法，其特征在于，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信系统，所述通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，所述系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，所述方法包括：
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的用于承载至少一个上行信道的上行时频资源，其中，所述上行时频资源中的第一上行时频资源用于承载所述至少一个上行信道中的一个第一上行信道，所述第一上行时频资源在频域上占用所述N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；
    所述终端设备对所述M个子频带进行检测，以从所述第一上行时频资源中确定所述终端设备能够使用的第二上行时频资源，所述第二上行时频资源在频域上占用所述M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1；
    所述终端设备通过所述第二上行时频资源发送所述第一上行信道。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二上行时频资源占用的所述K个子频带。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，包括：
    所述终端设备从所述第二上行时频资源中确定第三上行时频资源；
    所述终端设备通过所述第三上行时频资源发送所述第一指示信息；
    其中，所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述通信系统规定的，或，
    所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述网络设备预先指示的，或，
    所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述调度信息指示的。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备通过所述第二上行时频资源发送所述第一上行信道，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述第一上行时频资源的大小，确定第一上行传输块大小TBS；
    所述终端设备根据第一上行TBS，通过所述第二上行时频资源，向所述网络设备发送所述第一上行信道。
  5. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备通过所述第二上行时频资源发送所述第一上行信道，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述第二上行时频资源的大小，确定第二上行TBS；
    所述终端设备根据所述第二上行TBS，通过所述第二上行时频资源，向所述网络设备发送所述第一上行信道。
  6. 一种传输上行信道的方法，其特征在于，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信系统，所述通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，所述系统频域资 源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，所述方法包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配的用于承载至少一个上行信道的上行时频资源，其中，所述上行时频资源中的第一上行时频资源用于承载所述至少一个上行信道中的一个第一上行信道，所述第一上行时频资源在频域上占用所述N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；
    所述网络设备通过第二上行时频资源从所述终端设备接收所述第一上行信道，其中，所述第二时上行频资源在频域上占用所述M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备从所述终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二上行时频资源占用的所述K个子频带；
    所述网络设备根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述第二上行时频资源。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息承载于所述第二上行时频资源中的第三上行时频资源，
    其中，所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述通信系统规定的，或，
    所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述网络设备预先指示的，或
    所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述调度信息指示的。
  9. 根据权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述M个子频带中的每个子频带是否携带有参考信号的情况，确定所述第二上行时频资源。
  10. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备通过第二上行时频资源从所述终端设备接收所述第一上行信道，包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述第一上行时频资源的大小，确定第一上行传输块大小TBS；
    所述网络设备根据所述第一上行TBS通过所述第二上行时频资源从所述终端设备接收所述第一上行信道。
  11. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备通过第二上行时频资源从所述终端设备接收所述第一上行信道，包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述第二上行时频资源的大小，确定第二上行TBS；
    所述网络设备根据所述第二上行TBS，通过所述第二上行时频资源，从所述终端设备接收所述第一上行信道。
  12. 一种传输下行信道的方法，其特征在于，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信系统，所述通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，所述系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，所述方法包括：
    所述网络设备为所述终端设备分配用于承载至少一个下行信道的下行时频资源，其中，所述下行时频资源中的第一下行时频资源用于承载所述至少一个下行信道中的一个第一下行信道，所述第一下行时频资源在频域上占用所述N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；
    所述网络设备对所述M个子频带进行检测，以从所述第一下行时频资源中确定所述网络设备能够使用的第二下行时频资源，所述第二下行时频资源在频域上占用所述M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1；
    所述网络设备通过所述第二下行时频资源发送所述第一下行信道。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第一下行时频资源。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一控制信息，包括：
    所述网络设备在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带上，向所述终端设备发送所述第一控制信息。
  15. 根据权利要求12至14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二控制信息，所述第二控制信息用于指示所述第二下行时频资源占用的所述K个子频带。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二控制信息，包括：
    所述网络设备从所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中确定第三下行时频资源；
    所述网络设备通过所述第三下行时频资源向所述终端设备发送所述第二控制信息；
    其中，所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述通信系统规定的，或，
    所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述网络设备预先指示的，或，
    所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述网络设备发送的第一控制信息指示的，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第一下行时频资源。
  17. 根据权利要求12至16中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备通过所述第二下行时频资源发送所述第一下行信道，包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述第一下行频域资源的大小，确定第一下行传输块大小TBS；
    所述网络设备根据所述第一下行TBS，通过所述第二下行频域资源，向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行信道。
  18. 一种传输下行信道的方法，其特征在于，应用于包括网络设备和终端设备的通信系统，所述通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，所述系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，所述方法包括：
    所述终端设备确定所述网络设备分配的用于承载至少一个下行信道的下行时频资源，其中，所述下行时频资源中的第一下行时频资源用于承载所述至少一个下行信道中的一个第一下行信道，所述第一下行时频资源在频域上占用所述N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；
    所述终端设备通过第二下行时频资源从所述网络设备接收所述第一下行信道，其中，所述第二下行时频资源在频域上占用所述M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定所述网络设备分配的用于承载至少一个下行信道的时频资源，包括：
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第一下行时频资源；
    所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息，确定所述第一下行时频资源。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一控制信息承载于在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带上。
  21. 根据权利要求18至20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第二控制信息，所述第二控制信息用于指示所述第二下行时频资源占用的所述K个子频带；
    所述终端设备根据所述第二控制信息，确定所述第二下行时频资源。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备从所述网络设备接收第二控制信息，包括：
    所述终端设备从所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中中确定第三下行时频资源；
    所述终端设备通过所述第三下行时频资源从所述网络设备接收所述第二控制信息；
    其中，所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述通信系统规定的，或，
    所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述网络设备预先指示的，或，
    所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述网络设备发送的第一控制信息指示的，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第一下行时频资源。
  23. 根据权利要求18至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述M个子频带中的每个子频带是否携带有参考信号的情况，确定所述第二下行时频资源。
  24. 根据权利要求18至23中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备通过第二下行时频资源从所述网络设备接收所述第一下行信道，包括：
    所述终端设备根据所述第一下行频域资源的大小，确定第一下行传输块大小TBS；
    所述终端设备根据所述第一下行TBS，通过所述第二下行频域资源，从所述网络设备接收所述第一下行信道。
  25. 一种传输上行信道的装置，其特征在于，配置于包括网络设备和所述装置的通信系统，所述通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，所述系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，所述装置包括：
    通信单元，用于从所述网络设备接收调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述装置分配的用于承载至少一个上行信道的上行时频资源，其中，所述上行时频资源中的第一上行时频资源用于承载所述至少一个上行信道中的一个第一上行信道，所述第一上行时频资源在频域上占用所述N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；
    处理单元，用于对所述M个子频带进行检测，以从所述第一上行时频资源中确定所述装置能够使用的第二上行时频资源，所述第二上行时频资源在频域上占用所述M个子 频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1；
    所述通信单元还用于通过所述第二上行时频资源发送所述第一上行信道。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于向所述网络设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二上行时频资源占用的所述K个子频带。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于从所述第二上行时频资源中确定第三上行时频资源；
    所述通信单元具体用于通过所述第三上行时频资源发送所述第一指示信息；
    其中，所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述通信系统规定的，或，
    所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述网络设备预先指示的，或，
    所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述调度信息指示的。
  28. 根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一上行时频资源的大小，确定第一上行传输块大小TBS；
    所述通信单元具体用于根据第一上行TBS，通过所述第二上行时频资源，向所述网络设备发送所述第一上行信道。
  29. 一种传输上行信道的装置，其特征在于，应用于包括所述装置和终端设备的通信系统，所述通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，所述系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，为所述终端设备分配的用于承载至少一个上行信道的上行时频资源，其中，所述上行时频资源中的第一上行时频资源用于承载所述至少一个上行信道中的一个第一上行信道，所述第一上行时频资源在频域上占用所述N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2
    通信单元，用于向所述终端设备发送调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述第一上行时频资源，用于通过第二上行时频资源从所述终端设备接收所述第一上行信道，其中，所述第二时上行频资源在频域上占用所述M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于从所述终端设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二上行时频资源占用的所述K个子频带；
    所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一指示信息，确定所述第二上行时频资源。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息承载于所述第二上行时频资源中的第三上行时频资源，
    其中，所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述通信系统规定的，或，
    所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资源中的位置是由所述装置预先指示的，或
    所述第三上行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三上行时频资源在所述第二上行时域资 源中的位置是由所述调度信息指示的。
  32. 根据权利要求29至31中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一上行时频资源的大小，确定第一上行传输块大小TBS；
    所述通信单元具体用于根据所述第一上行TBS通过所述第二上行时频资源从所述终端设备接收所述第一上行信道。
  33. 一种传输下行信道的装置，其特征在于，应用于包括所述装置和终端设备的通信系统，所述通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，所述系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，用于为所述终端设备分配用于承载至少一个下行信道的下行时频资源，其中，所述下行时频资源中的第一下行时频资源用于承载所述至少一个下行信道中的一个第一下行信道，所述第一下行时频资源在频域上占用所述N个子频带中的M个子频带，N≥M≥2；用于对所述M个子频带进行检测，以从所述第一下行时频资源中确定所述装置能够使用的第二下行时频资源，所述第二下行时频资源在频域上占用所述M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1；
    通信单元，用于通过所述第二下行时频资源发送所述第一下行信道。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于向所述终端设备发送第二控制信息，所述第二控制信息用于指示所述第二下行时频资源占用的所述K个子频带。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于从所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中确定第三下行时频资源；
    所述通信单元具体用于通过所述第三下行时频资源向所述终端设备发送所述第二控制信息；
    其中，所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述通信系统规定的，或，
    所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述装置预先指示的，或，
    所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述通信单元发送的第一控制信息指示的，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第一下行时频资源。
  36. 根据权利要求33至35中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第一下行频域资源的大小，确定第一下行传输块大小TBS；
    所述通信单元具体用于根据所述第一下行TBS，通过所述第二下行频域资源，向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行信道。
  37. 一种传输下行信道的装置，其特征在于，应用于包括网络设备和所述装置的通信系统，所述通信系统使用的系统频域资源被划分为N个子频带，N≥2，所述系统频域资源为基于竞争机制使用的频域资源，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，用于确定所述网络设备分配的用于承载至少一个下行信道的下行时频资源，其中，所述下行时频资源中的第一下行时频资源用于承载所述至少一个下行信道中的一个第一下行信道承载，所述第一下行时频资源在频域上占用所述N个子频带中的M个 子频带，N≥M≥2；
    通信单元，用于通过第二下行时频资源从所述网络设备接收所述第一下行信道，其中，所述第二下行时频资源在频域上占用所述M个子频带中的K个子频带，M＞K≥1。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，所述通信单元还用于从所述网络设备接收第二控制信息，所述第二控制信息用于指示所述第二下行时频资源占用的所述K个子频带；
    所述处理单元还用于根据所述第二控制信息，确定所述第二下行时频资源。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于从所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中确定第三下行时频资源；
    所述通信单元具体用于通过所述第三下行时频资源从所述网络设备接收所述第二控制信息；
    其中，所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述通信系统规定的，或，
    所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述网络设备预先指示的，或，
    所述第三下行时频资源的大小值和/或所述第三下行时频资源在所述K个子频带中的至少一个子频带中的位置是由所述通信单元从所述网络设备接收的第一控制信息指示的，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第一下行时频资源。
  40. 根据权利要求37至39中任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元还用于根据所述第一下行频域资源的大小，确定第一下行传输块大小TBS；
    所述通信单元具体用于根据所述第一下行TBS，通过所述第二下行频域资源，从所述网络设备接收所述第一下行信道。
PCT/CN2018/084397 2017-05-04 2018-04-25 传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置 WO2018201942A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP18793897.2A EP3606126B1 (en) 2017-05-04 2018-04-25 Method and device for transmitting uplink channels, and method and device for transmitting downlink channels
BR112019022758A BR112019022758A2 (pt) 2017-05-04 2018-04-25 método e aparelho de transmissão de canal de uplink, e método e aparelho de transmissão de canal de downlink
US16/672,538 US11122560B2 (en) 2017-05-04 2019-11-04 Uplink channel transmission method and apparatus, and downlink channel transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710308804.1A CN108810905B (zh) 2017-05-04 2017-05-04 传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置
CN201710308804.1 2017-05-04

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/672,538 Continuation US11122560B2 (en) 2017-05-04 2019-11-04 Uplink channel transmission method and apparatus, and downlink channel transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018201942A1 true WO2018201942A1 (zh) 2018-11-08

Family

ID=64015780

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/084397 WO2018201942A1 (zh) 2017-05-04 2018-04-25 传输上行信道的方法和装置及传输下行信道的方法和装置

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US11122560B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3606126B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN108810905B (zh)
BR (1) BR112019022758A2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2018201942A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11223532B2 (en) * 2018-10-05 2022-01-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Subband usage dependent downlink signals and channels
CN111147209B (zh) * 2018-11-02 2022-04-05 华为技术有限公司 一种指示信息的传输方法和装置
CN111342942B (zh) * 2018-12-19 2021-09-21 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 上行控制信息的上报方法及装置、存储介质、用户终端
US20220086885A1 (en) * 2018-12-28 2022-03-17 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Uplink information transmission method and apparatus, user device and base station
US12010722B2 (en) 2019-02-01 2024-06-11 Nokia Technologies Oy Wideband communications based on availability assessment
EP3952395A4 (en) * 2019-03-27 2022-04-13 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. CHANNEL DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS
JP2022534467A (ja) * 2019-03-28 2022-08-01 パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカ 通信装置、通信方法及び集積回路
WO2020199049A1 (zh) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 富士通株式会社 上行传输方法、上行调度方法、装置和通信系统
CN111918406B (zh) * 2019-05-09 2024-05-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种无线接入方法和装置
CN111615146B (zh) * 2019-06-28 2023-01-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 处理方法及设备
WO2021062759A1 (zh) * 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 华为技术有限公司 随机接入方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN111901872A (zh) * 2020-04-10 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源确定方法、装置、节点和存储介质
CN113518390B (zh) * 2020-04-10 2022-09-09 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 上行数据传输方法、终端及可读存储介质
MX2022009051A (es) * 2020-07-21 2022-11-08 Zte Corp Solución de señalización en mejora de confiabilidad para transmisión de enlace ascendente.
WO2022082481A1 (zh) * 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种码本发送方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN116491144A (zh) * 2021-01-08 2023-07-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 确定拥塞程度的方法及终端设备、计算机存储介质
CN116889007A (zh) * 2021-02-26 2023-10-13 华为技术有限公司 一种无线资源调度方法和设备

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102158932A (zh) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种基于竞争的上行发送方法和系统
CN103298121A (zh) * 2012-03-02 2013-09-11 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 一种终端频点映射与配置方法
CN103906179A (zh) * 2012-12-28 2014-07-02 中国电信股份有限公司 上报用户终端的频率支持信息的方法和系统
WO2016167623A1 (ko) * 2015-04-16 2016-10-20 엘지전자(주) 무선 통신 시스템에서 상향링크 데이터 전송 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
CN106507497A (zh) * 2015-09-08 2017-03-15 华为技术有限公司 用于上行数据传输的方法、终端设备和网络设备

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102474347B (zh) * 2009-07-21 2014-12-03 Lg电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中发射信道状态信息的装置和方法
KR101636931B1 (ko) * 2009-12-11 2016-07-06 삼성전자 주식회사 이동통신 시스템에서 경쟁 기반 액세스를 수행하는 방법 및 장치
US9844073B2 (en) * 2010-01-11 2017-12-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for contention-based uplink access in wireless communication systems
US8830947B2 (en) * 2011-08-30 2014-09-09 Broadcom Corporation Channel sensing in uplink transmission
WO2014088294A1 (ko) * 2012-12-03 2014-06-12 엘지전자 주식회사 무선통신 시스템에서 전송 블록 크기 결정 방법 및 장치
WO2015163335A1 (ja) * 2014-04-21 2015-10-29 株式会社 東芝 無線通信端末、メモリーカード、および無線通信方法
CN106717100B (zh) * 2014-05-09 2020-07-14 交互数字专利控股公司 探测和信道选择的方法和系统
CN105208656B (zh) * 2014-06-19 2019-05-17 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 适用于lte-u系统的分配信道频带的方法和装置
CN104333873A (zh) * 2014-11-28 2015-02-04 东莞宇龙通信科技有限公司 信道检测方法及系统、具有基站功能的设备和终端
CN107710853B (zh) * 2015-06-30 2020-01-03 华为技术有限公司 传输信息的方法和设备
CN106341898B (zh) * 2015-07-09 2020-07-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 多站点的传输指示、触发、执行方法及装置
US20170034685A1 (en) * 2015-07-27 2017-02-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Lte-d2d discovery in the unlicensed band
US10666334B2 (en) * 2015-08-18 2020-05-26 Apple Inc. Beamforming training reference signal design
CN106488565B (zh) * 2015-09-02 2021-12-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种基于竞争的资源共享方法、网元与系统
US11337188B2 (en) * 2016-12-28 2022-05-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Method and device for transmitting/receiving uplink control information in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102158932A (zh) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种基于竞争的上行发送方法和系统
CN103298121A (zh) * 2012-03-02 2013-09-11 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 一种终端频点映射与配置方法
CN103906179A (zh) * 2012-12-28 2014-07-02 中国电信股份有限公司 上报用户终端的频率支持信息的方法和系统
WO2016167623A1 (ko) * 2015-04-16 2016-10-20 엘지전자(주) 무선 통신 시스템에서 상향링크 데이터 전송 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
CN106507497A (zh) * 2015-09-08 2017-03-15 华为技术有限公司 用于上行数据传输的方法、终端设备和网络设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108810905A (zh) 2018-11-13
CN108810905B (zh) 2023-10-24
EP3606126A1 (en) 2020-02-05
US20200068546A1 (en) 2020-02-27
EP3606126A4 (en) 2020-04-15
EP3606126B1 (en) 2022-07-13
BR112019022758A2 (pt) 2020-05-19
US11122560B2 (en) 2021-09-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11122560B2 (en) Uplink channel transmission method and apparatus, and downlink channel transmission method and apparatus
US11134482B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information
WO2018228529A1 (zh) 传输控制信息的方法和装置
WO2018166447A1 (zh) 传输信息的方法和装置
CN109417795B (zh) 用于在上行链路导频时隙中传送物理上行链路共享信道的技术
KR102196857B1 (ko) 상향링크 정보 송신 방법 및 장치와, 상향링크 정보 수신 방법 및 장치
US11234218B2 (en) Descriptor channel designs for uplink channels in a shared radio frequency spectrum band
EP3651522A1 (en) Method of handling communication in unlicensed spectrum and related communication device
US11751095B2 (en) Transmission of buffer status reports on multiple component carriers
US20130003664A1 (en) Scheduling of a User Equipment in a Radio Communication System
US10827464B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control data
WO2018103607A1 (zh) 接收上行参考信号的方法和装置
US11184135B2 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
US20200120693A1 (en) Data sending and receiving method and apparatus
WO2018103020A1 (zh) 传输上行数据的方法和装置
WO2019214660A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2019192500A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
KR20200120701A (ko) 채널 전송 방법, 장치 및 컴퓨터 기억 매체
CN109831824B (zh) 用于上行捎带传输的方法、装置及系统
WO2018202118A1 (zh) 传输上行控制信息的方法和装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18793897

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018793897

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20191030

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112019022758

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112019022758

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20191030